Ada2011

51
Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2011 AMERICAN DIABETES ASSOCIATION CONTENTS I. CLASSIFICATION AND DIAGNOSIS OF DIABETES, p. S12 A. Classification of diabetes B. Diagnosis of diabetes C. Categories of increased risk for di- abetes (prediabetes) II. TESTING FOR DIABETES IN ASYMP- TOMATIC PATIENTS, p. S13 A. Testing for type 2 diabetes and risk of future diabetes in adults B. Testing for type 2 diabetes in chil- dren C. Screening for type 1 diabetes III. DETECTION AND DIAGNOSIS OF GESTATIONAL DIABETES MELLI- TUS, p. S15 IV. PREVENTION/DELAY OF TYPE 2 DIABETES, p. S16 V. DIABETES CARE, p. S16 A. Initial evaluation B. Management C. Glycemic control 1. Assessment of glycemic control a. Glucose monitoring b. A1C 2. Glycemic goals in adults D. Pharmacologic and overall ap- proaches to treatment 1. Therapy for type 1 diabetes 2. Therapy for type 2 diabetes E. Diabetes self-management educa- tion F. Medical nutrition therapy G. Physical activity H. Psychosocial assessment and care I. When treatment goals are not met J. Hypoglycemia K. Intercurrent illness L. Bariatric surgery M. Immunization VI. PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES COMPLICATIONS, p. S27 A. Cardiovascular disease 1. Hypertension/blood pressure control 2. Dyslipidemia/lipid management 3. Antiplatelet agents 4. Smoking cessation 5. Coronary heart disease screen- ing and treatment B. Nephropathy screening and treat- ment C. Retinopathy screening and treat- ment D. Neuropathy screening and treat- ment E. Foot care VII. DIABETES CARE IN SPECIFIC POP- ULATIONS, p. S38 A. Children and adolescents 1. Type 1 diabetes Glycemic control a. Screening and management of chronic complications in chil- dren and adolescents with type 1 diabetes i. Nephropathy ii. Hypertension iii. Dyslipidemia iv. Retinopathy v. Celiac disease vi. Hypothyroidism b. Self-management c. School and day care d. Transition from pediatric to adult care 2. Type 2 diabetes 3. Monogenic diabetes syndromes B. Preconception care C. Older adults D. Cystic fibrosis–related diabetes VIII. DIABETES CARE IN SPECIFIC SETTINGS, p. S43 A. Diabetes care in the hospital 1. Glycemic targets in hospitalized patients 2. Anti-hyperglycemic agents in hospitalized patients 3. Preventing hypoglycemia 4. Diabetes care providers in the hospital 5. Self-management in the hospital 6. Diabetes self-management edu- cation in the hospital 7. Medical nutrition therapy in the hospital 8. Bedside blood glucose monitor- ing 9. Discharge planning IX. STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING DI- ABETES CARE, p. S46 D iabetes is a chronic illness that re- quires continuing medical care and ongoing patient self-management education and support to prevent acute complications and to reduce the risk of long-term complications. Diabetes care is complex and requires that many issues, beyond glycemic control, be addressed. A large body of evidence exists that sup- ports a range of interventions to improve diabetes outcomes. These standards of care are intended to provide clinicians, patients, research- ers, payors, and other interested individ- uals with the components of diabetes care, general treatment goals, and tools to evaluate the quality of care. While indi- vidual preferences, comorbidities, and other patient factors may require modifi- cation of goals, targets that are desirable for most patients with diabetes are pro- vided. These standards are not intended to preclude clinical judgment or more ex- tensive evaluation and management of the patient by other specialists as needed. For more detailed information about management of diabetes, refer to refer- ences 1–3. The recommendations included are screening, diagnostic, and therapeutic ac- tions that are known or believed to favor- ably affect health outcomes of patients with diabetes. A grading system (Table 1), developed by the American Diabetes As- sociation (ADA) and modeled after exist- ing methods, was utilized to clarify and codify the evidence that forms the basis for the recommendations. The level of ev- idence that supports each recommenda- ●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●●● Originally approved 1988. Most recent review/revision October 2010. DOI: 10.2337/dc11-S011 © 2011 by the American Diabetes Association. Readers may use this article as long as the work is properly cited, the use is educational and not for profit, and the work is not altered. See http://creativecommons. org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ for details. P O S I T I O N S T A T E M E N T care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S11

description

 

Transcript of Ada2011

Page 1: Ada2011

Standards of Medical Care in Diabetes—2011AMERICAN DIABETES ASSOCIATION

CONTENTS

I. CLASSIFICATION AND DIAGNOSISOF DIABETES, p. S12

A. Classification of diabetesB. Diagnosis of diabetesC. Categories of increased risk for di-

abetes (prediabetes)II. TESTING FOR DIABETES IN ASYMP-

TOMATIC PATIENTS, p. S13A. Testing for type 2 diabetes and risk

of future diabetes in adultsB. Testing for type 2 diabetes in chil-

drenC. Screening for type 1 diabetes

III. DETECTION AND DIAGNOSIS OFGESTATIONAL DIABETES MELLI-TUS, p. S15

IV. PREVENTION/DELAY OF TYPE 2DIABETES, p. S16

V. DIABETES CARE, p. S16A. Initial evaluationB. ManagementC. Glycemic control

1. Assessment of glycemic controla. Glucose monitoringb. A1C

2. Glycemic goals in adultsD. Pharmacologic and overall ap-

proaches to treatment1. Therapy for type 1 diabetes2. Therapy for type 2 diabetes

E. Diabetes self-management educa-tion

F. Medical nutrition therapyG. Physical activityH. Psychosocial assessment and careI. When treatment goals are not metJ. HypoglycemiaK. Intercurrent illnessL. Bariatric surgeryM. Immunization

VI. PREVENTION AND MANAGEMENTOF DIABETES COMPLICATIONS, p.S27A. Cardiovascular disease

1. Hypertension/blood pressurecontrol

2. Dyslipidemia/lipid management3. Antiplatelet agents4. Smoking cessation5. Coronary heart disease screen-

ing and treatmentB. Nephropathy screening and treat-

mentC. Retinopathy screening and treat-

mentD. Neuropathy screening and treat-

mentE. Foot care

VII. DIABETES CARE IN SPECIFIC POP-ULATIONS, p. S38A. Children and adolescents

1. Type 1 diabetesGlycemic controla. Screening and management of

chronic complications in chil-dren and adolescents withtype 1 diabetesi. Nephropathyii. Hypertensioniii. Dyslipidemiaiv. Retinopathyv. Celiac diseasevi. Hypothyroidism

b. Self-managementc. School and day cared. Transition from pediatric to

adult care2. Type 2 diabetes3. Monogenic diabetes syndromes

B. Preconception careC. Older adultsD. Cystic fibrosis–related diabetes

VIII. DIABETES CARE IN SPECIFICSETTINGS, p. S43

A. Diabetes care in the hospital1. Glycemic targets in hospitalized

patients2. Anti-hyperglycemic agents in

hospitalized patients3. Preventing hypoglycemia

4. Diabetes care providers in thehospital

5. Self-management in the hospital6. Diabetes self-management edu-

cation in the hospital7. Medical nutrition therapy in the

hospital8. Bedside blood glucose monitor-

ing9. Discharge planning

IX. STRATEGIES FOR IMPROVING DI-ABETES CARE, p. S46

D iabetes is a chronic illness that re-quires continuing medical care andongoing patient self-management

education and support to prevent acutecomplications and to reduce the risk oflong-term complications. Diabetes care iscomplex and requires that many issues,beyond glycemic control, be addressed. Alarge body of evidence exists that sup-ports a range of interventions to improvediabetes outcomes.

These standards of care are intendedto provide clinicians, patients, research-ers, payors, and other interested individ-uals with the components of diabetescare, general treatment goals, and tools toevaluate the quality of care. While indi-vidual preferences, comorbidities, andother patient factors may require modifi-cation of goals, targets that are desirablefor most patients with diabetes are pro-vided. These standards are not intendedto preclude clinical judgment or more ex-tensive evaluation and management of thepatient by other specialists as needed.For more detailed information aboutmanagement of diabetes, refer to refer-ences 1–3.

The recommendations included arescreening, diagnostic, and therapeutic ac-tions that are known or believed to favor-ably affect health outcomes of patientswith diabetes. A grading system (Table 1),developed by the American Diabetes As-sociation (ADA) and modeled after exist-ing methods, was utilized to clarify andcodify the evidence that forms the basisfor the recommendations. The level of ev-idence that supports each recommenda-

● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ● ●

Originally approved 1988. Most recent review/revision October 2010.DOI: 10.2337/dc11-S011© 2011 by the American Diabetes Association. Readers may use this article as long as the work is properly

cited, the use is educational and not for profit, and the work is not altered. See http://creativecommons.org/licenses/by-nc-nd/3.0/ for details.

P O S I T I O N S T A T E M E N T

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S11

Page 2: Ada2011

tion is listed after each recommendationusing the letters A, B, C, or E.

These standards of care are revisedannually by the ADA’s multidisciplinaryProfessional Practice Committee, incor-porating new evidence. Members of theProfessional Practice Committee and theirdisclosed conflicts of interest are listed onpage S97. Subsequently, as with all Posi-tion Statements, the standards of care arereviewed and approved by the ExecutiveCommittee of ADA’s Board of Directors.

I. CLASSIFICATION ANDDIAGNOSIS OF DIABETES

A. Classification of diabetesThe classification of diabetes includesfour clinical classes:

● Type 1 diabetes (results from �-cell de-struction, usually leading to absoluteinsulin deficiency)

● Type 2 diabetes (results from a progres-sive insulin secretory defect on thebackground of insulin resistance)

● Other specific types of diabetes due toother causes, e.g., genetic defects in�-cell function, genetic defects in insu-

lin action, diseases of the exocrine pan-creas (such as cystic fibrosis), and drug-or chemical-induced (such as in thetreatment of HIV/AIDS or after organtransplantation)

● Gestational diabetes mellitus (GDM)(diabetes diagnosed during pregnancythat is not clearly overt diabetes)

Some patients cannot be clearly classifiedas having type 1 or type 2 diabetes. Clin-ical presentation and disease progressionvary considerably in both types of diabe-tes. Occasionally, patients who otherwisehave type 2 diabetes may present with ke-toacidosis. Similarly, patients with type 1diabetes may have a late onset and slow(but relentless) progression of disease de-spite having features of autoimmune dis-ease. Such difficulties in diagnosis mayoccur in children, adolescents, andadults. The true diagnosis may becomemore obvious over time.

B. Diagnosis of diabetesFor decades, the diagnosis of diabetes wasbased on plasma glucose criteria, eitherthe fasting plasma glucose (FPG) or the

2-h value in the 75-g oral glucose toler-ance test (OGTT) (4).

In 2009, an International ExpertCommittee that included representativesof the ADA, the International DiabetesFederation (IDF), and the European As-sociation for the Study of Diabetes(EASD) recommended the use of the A1Ctest to diagnose diabetes, with a thresholdof �6.5% (5), and ADA adopted this cri-terion in 2010 (4). The diagnostic testshould be performed using a method thatis certified by the National Glycohemo-globin Standardization Program (NGSP)and standardized or traceable to the Dia-betes Control and Complications Trial(DCCT) reference assay. Point-of-careA1C assays are not sufficiently accurate atthis time to use for diagnostic purposes.

Epidemiologic datasets show a simi-lar relationship between A1C and risk ofretinopathy as has been shown for thecorresponding FPG and 2-h plasma glu-cose thresholds. The A1C has several ad-vantages to the FPG and OGTT, includinggreater convenience, since fasting is notrequired; evidence to suggest greater pre-analytical stability; and less day-to-dayperturbations during periods of stress andillness. These advantages must be bal-anced by greater cost, the limited avail-ability of A1C testing in certain regions ofthe developing world, and the incompletecorrelation between A1C and average glu-cose in certain individuals. In addition,A1C levels can vary with patients’ ethnic-ity (6) as well as with certain anemias andhemoglobinopathies. For patients with anabnormal hemoglobin but normal red cellturnover, such as sickle cell trait, an A1Cassay without interference from abnormalhemoglobins should be used (an updatedlist is available at www.ngsp.org/interf.asp). For conditions with abnormal redcell turnover, such as pregnancy, recentblood loss or transfusion, or some ane-mias, the diagnosis of diabetes must em-ploy glucose criteria exclusively.

The established glucose criteria forthe diagnosis of diabetes (FPG and 2-hPG) remain valid as well (Table 2). Just asthere is less than 100% concordance be-tween the FPG and 2-h PG tests, there isnot perfect concordance between A1Cand either glucose-based test. Analyses ofNational Health and Nutrition Examina-tion Survey (NHANES) data indicate that,assuming universal screening of the undi-agnosed, the A1C cut point of �6.5%identifies one-third fewer cases of undiag-nosed diabetes than a fasting glucose cutpoint of �126 mg/dl (7.0 mmol/l) (7).

Table 1—ADA evidence grading system for clinical practice recommendations

Level ofevidence Description

A Clear evidence from well-conducted, generalizable, randomized controlledtrials that are adequately powered, including:• Evidence from a well-conducted multicenter trial• Evidence from a meta-analysis that incorporated quality ratings in the

analysisCompelling nonexperimental evidence, i.e., “all or none” rule developed

by Center for Evidence Based Medicine at OxfordSupportive evidence from well-conducted randomized controlled trials

that are adequately powered, including:• Evidence from a well-conducted trial at one or more institutions• Evidence from a meta-analysis that incorporated quality ratings in the

analysisB Supportive evidence from well-conducted cohort studies

• Evidence from a well-conducted prospective cohort study or registry• Evidence from a well-conducted meta-analysis of cohort studies

Supportive evidence from a well-conducted case-control studyC Supportive evidence from poorly controlled or uncontrolled studies

• Evidence from randomized clinical trials with one or more major orthree or more minor methodological flaws that could invalidate theresults

• Evidence from observational studies with high potential for bias (suchas case series with comparison to historical controls)

• Evidence from case series or case reportsConflicting evidence with the weight of evidence supporting the

recommendationE Expert consensus or clinical experience

Standards of Medical Care

S12 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 3: Ada2011

However, in practice, a large portion ofthe diabetic population remains unawareof their condition. Thus, the lower sensi-tivity of A1C at the designated cut pointmay well be offset by the test’s greaterpracticality, and wider application of amore convenient test (A1C) may actuallyincrease the number of diagnoses made.

As with most diagnostic tests, a testresult diagnostic of diabetes should be re-peated to rule out laboratory error, unlessthe diagnosis is clear on clinical grounds,such as a patient with a hyperglycemiccrisis or classic symptoms of hyperglyce-mia and a random plasma glucose �200mg/dl. It is preferable that the same test berepeated for confirmation, since there willbe a greater likelihood of concurrence inthis case. For example, if the A1C is 7.0%and a repeat result is 6.8%, the diagnosisof diabetes is confirmed. However, if twodifferent tests (such as A1C and FPG) areboth above the diagnostic thresholds, thediagnosis of diabetes is also confirmed.

On the other hand, if two differenttests are available in an individual and theresults are discordant, the test whose re-sult is above the diagnostic cut pointshould be repeated, and the diagnosis ismade on the basis of the confirmed test.That is, if a patient meets the diabetes cri-terion of the A1C (two results �6.5%) butnot the FPG (�126 mg/dl or 7.0 mmol/l),or vice versa, that person should be con-sidered to have diabetes.

Since there is preanalytic and analytic

variability of all the tests, it is also possiblethat when a test whose result was abovethe diagnostic threshold is repeated, thesecond value will be below the diagnosticcut point. This is least likely for A1C,somewhat more likely for FPG, and mostlikely for the 2-h PG. Barring a laboratoryerror, such patients are likely to have testresults near the margins of the thresholdfor a diagnosis. The healthcare profes-sional might opt to follow the patientclosely and repeat the testing in 3– 6months.

The current diagnostic criteria for di-abetes are summarized in Table 2.

C. Categories of increased risk fordiabetes (prediabetes)In 1997 and 2003, The Expert Committeeon Diagnosis and Classification of Diabe-tes Mellitus (8,9) recognized an interme-diate group of individuals whose glucoselevels, although not meeting criteria fordiabetes, are nevertheless too high to beconsidered normal. These persons weredefined as having impaired fasting glu-cose (IFG) (FPG levels 100–125 mg/dl[5.6–6.9 mmol/l]) or impaired glucosetolerance (IGT) (2-h PG values in theOGTT of 140 –199 mg/dl [7.8 –11.0mmol/l]). It should be noted that theWorld Health Organization (WHO) and anumber of other diabetes organizationsdefine the cutoff for IFG at 110 mg/dl (6.1mmol/l).

Individuals with IFG and/or IGT havebeen referred to as having prediabetes, in-dicating the relatively high risk for the fu-ture development of diabetes. IFG andIGT should not be viewed as clinical en-tities in their own right but rather riskfactors for diabetes as well as cardiovas-cular disease (CVD). IFG and IGT are as-sociated with obesi ty (especial lyabdominal or visceral obesity), dyslipide-mia with high triglycerides and/or lowHDL cholesterol, and hypertension.

As is the case with the glucose mea-sures, several prospective studies thatused A1C to predict the progression todiabetes demonstrated a strong, continu-ous association between A1C and subse-quent diabetes. In a systematic review of44,203 individuals from 16 cohort stud-ies with a follow-up interval averaging 5.6years (range 2.8–12 years), those with anA1C between 5.5 and 6.0% had a sub-stantially increased risk of diabetes with5-year incidences ranging from 9–25%.An A1C range of 6.0–6.5% had a 5-yearrisk of developing diabetes between 25–50% and relative risk 20 times higher

compared with an A1C of 5.0% (10). In acommunity-based study of black andwhite adults without diabetes, baselineA1C was a stronger predictor of subse-quent diabetes and cardiovascular eventsthan fasting glucose (11). Other analysessuggest that an A1C of 5.7% is associatedwith diabetes risk similar to that of thehigh-risk participants in the Diabetes Pre-vention Program (DPP).

Hence, it is reasonable to consider anA1C range of 5.7–6.4% as identifying in-dividuals with high risk for future diabe-tes, a state that may be referred to asprediabetes (4). As is the case for individ-uals found to have IFG and IGT, individ-uals with an A1C of 5.7–6.4% should beinformed of their increased risk for diabe-tes as well as CVD and counseled abouteffective strategies to lower their risks (seeIV. PREVENTION/DELAY OF TYPE 2 DIABETES). Aswith glucose measurements, the contin-uum of risk is curvilinear—as A1C rises,the risk of diabetes rises disproportion-ately (10). Accordingly, interventionsshould be most intensive and follow-upparticularly vigilant for those with A1Csabove 6.0%, who should be considered tobe at very high risk.

Table 3 summarizes the categories ofincreased risk for diabetes.

II. TESTING FOR DIABETESIN ASYMPTOMATICPATIENTS

Recommendations● Testing to detect type 2 diabetes and

assess risk for future diabetes in asymp-tomatic people should be considered inadults of any age who are overweight orobese (BMI �25 kg/m2) and who haveone or more additional risk factors fordiabetes (Table 4). In those withoutthese risk factors, testing should beginat age 45 years. (B)

● If tests are normal, repeat testing car-ried out at least at 3-year intervals isreasonable. (E)

Table 2—Criteria for the diagnosis ofdiabetes

A1C �6.5%. The test should be performedin a laboratory using a method that isNGSP certified and standardized to theDCCT assay.*

orFPG �126 mg/dl (7.0 mmol/l). Fasting is

defined as no caloric intake for at least8 h.*

or2-h plasma glucose �200 mg/dl (11.1

mmol/l) during an OGTT. The test shouldbe performed as described by the WorldHealth Organization, using a glucose loadcontaining the equivalent of 75 ganhydrous glucose dissolved in water.*

orIn a patient with classic symptoms of

hyperglycemia or hyperglycemic crisis, arandom plasma glucose �200 mg/dl (11.1mmol/l)

*In the absence of unequivocal hyperglycemia, re-sult should be confirmed by repeat testing.

Table 3—Categories of increased risk for di-abetes (prediabetes)*

FPG 100–125 mg/dl (5.6–6.9 mmol/l): IFGor

2-h plasma glucose in the 75-g OGTT 140–199 mg/dl (7.8–11.0 mmol/l): IGT

orA1C 5.7–6.4%

*For all three tests, risk is continuous, extendingbelow the lower limit of the range and becomingdisproportionately greater at higher ends of therange.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S13

Page 4: Ada2011

● To test for diabetes or to assess risk offuture diabetes, A1C, FPG, or 2-h 75-gOGTT is appropriate. (B)

● In those identified with increased riskfor future diabetes, identify and, if ap-propriate, treat other CVD risk factors.(B)

For many illnesses, there is a major dis-tinction between screening and diagnos-tic testing. However, for diabetes, thesame tests would be used for “screening”as for diagnosis. Diabetes may be identi-fied anywhere along a spectrum of clinicalscenarios ranging from a seemingly low-risk individual who happens to have glu-cose testing, to a higher-risk individualwhom the provider tests because of highsuspicion of diabetes, to the symptomaticpatient. The discussion herein is primar-ily framed as testing for diabetes in thosewithout symptoms. Testing for diabeteswill also detect individuals at increasedfuture risk for diabetes, herein referred toas having prediabetes.

A. Testing for type 2 diabetes andrisk of future diabetes in adultsType 2 diabetes is frequently not diag-nosed until complications appear, andapproximately one-fourth of all peoplewith diabetes in the U.S. may be undiag-nosed. The effectiveness of early identifi-cation of prediabetes and diabetesthrough mass testing of asymptomatic in-dividuals has not been proven defini-tively, and rigorous trials to provide suchproof are unlikely to occur. However,mathematical modeling studies suggestthat screening independent of risk factorsbeginning at age 30 or 45 years is highlycost-effective (�$11,000 per quality-adjusted life-year gained) (12). Prediabe-tes and diabetes meet established criteriafor conditions in which early detection isappropriate. Both conditions are com-mon and increasing in prevalence and im-pose significant public health burdens.There is a long presymptomatic phase be-fore the diagnosis of type 2 diabetes isusually made. Relatively simple tests areavailable to detect preclinical disease. Ad-ditionally, the duration of glycemic bur-den is a strong predictor of adverseoutcomes, and effective interventions ex-ist to prevent progression of prediabetesto diabetes (see IV. PREVENTION/DELAY OF TYPE

2 DIABETES) and to reduce risk of compli-cations of diabetes (see VI. PREVENTION AND

MANAGEMENT OF DIABETES COMPLICATIONS).Recommendations for testing for dia-

betes in asymptomatic, undiagnosedadults are listed in Table 4. Testing shouldbe considered in adults of any age withBMI �25 kg/m2 and one or more of theknown risk factors for diabetes. Becauseage is a major risk factor for diabetes, test-ing of those without other risk factorsshould begin no later than age 45 years.

Either A1C, FPG, or the 2-h OGTT isappropriate for testing. The 2-h OGTTidentifies people with either IFG or IGTand thus more people at increased risk forthe development of diabetes and CVD. Itshould be noted that the two tests do notnecessarily detect the same individuals.The efficacy of interventions for primaryprevention of type 2 diabetes (13–19)have primarily been demonstrated amongindividuals with IGT, not for individualswith IFG (who do not also have IGT) orfor individuals with specific A1C levels.

The appropriate interval betweentests is not known (20). The rationale forthe 3-year interval is that false negativeswill be repeated before substantial timeelapses, and there is little likelihood thatan individual will develop significant

complications of diabetes within 3 yearsof a negative test result. In the modelingstudy, repeat screening every 3 or 5 yearswas cost-effective (12).

Because of the need for follow-up anddiscussion of abnormal results, testingshould be carried out within the healthcare setting. Community screening out-side a health care setting is not recom-mended because people with positivetests may not seek, or have access to, ap-propriate follow-up testing and care.Conversely, there may be failure to ensureappropriate repeat testing for individualswho test negative. Community screeningmay also be poorly targeted, i.e., it mayfail to reach the groups most at risk andinappropriately test those at low risk (theworried well) or even those already diag-nosed.

B. Testing for type 2 diabetes inchildrenThe incidence of type 2 diabetes in ado-lescents has increased dramatically in thelast decade, especially in minority popu-lations (21), although the disease remainsrare in the general pediatric population(22). Consistent with recommendationsfor adults, children and youth at in-creased risk for the presence or the devel-opment of type 2 diabetes should betested within the health care setting. Therecommendations of the ADA ConsensusStatement on Type 2 Diabetes in Childrenand Youth (23), with some modifications,are summarized in Table 5.

C. Screening for type 1 diabetesGenerally, people with type 1 diabetespresent with acute symptoms of diabetesand markedly elevated blood glucose lev-els, and most cases are diagnosed soonafter the onset of hyperglycemia. How-ever, evidence from type 1 prevention stud-ies suggests that measurement of isletautoantibodies identifies individuals whoare at risk for developing type 1 diabetes.Such testing may be appropriate in high-risk individuals, such as those with priortransient hyperglycemia or those who haverelatives with type 1 diabetes, in the contextof clinical research studies (see, for ex-ample, http://www2.diabetestrialnet.org).Widespread clinical testing of asymptom-atic low-risk individuals cannot currentlybe recommended, as it would identifyvery few individuals in the general popu-lation who are at risk. Individuals whoscreen positive should be counseledabout their risk of developing diabetes.Clinical studies are being conducted to

Table 4—Criteria for testing for diabetes inasymptomatic adult individuals

1. Testing should be considered in all adultswho are overweight (BMI �25 kg/m2*)and have additional risk factors:

• physical inactivity• first-degree relative with diabetes• high-risk race/ethnicity (e.g., African

American, Latino, Native American,Asian American, Pacific Islander)

• women who delivered a baby weighing�9 lb or were diagnosed with GDM

• hypertension (�140/90 mmHg or ontherapy for hypertension)

• HDL cholesterol level �35 mg/dl (0.90mmol/l) and/or a triglyceride level �250mg/dl (2.82 mmol/l)

• women with polycystic ovariansyndrome (PCOS)

• A1C �5.7%, IGT, or IFG on previoustesting

• other clinical conditions associated withinsulin resistance (e.g., severe obesity,acanthosis nigricans)

• history of CVD2. In the absence of the above criteria, testing

for diabetes should begin at age 45years.

3. If results are normal, testing should berepeated at least at 3-year intervals, withconsideration of more frequent testingdepending on initial results and riskstatus.

*At-risk BMI may be lower in some ethnic groups.

Standards of Medical Care

S14 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 5: Ada2011

test various methods of preventing type 1diabetes, or reversing early type 1 diabe-tes, in those with evidence of autoimmu-nity.

III. DETECTION ANDDIAGNOSIS OFGESTATIONAL DIABETESMELLITUS

Recommendations● Screen for undiagnosed type 2 diabetes

at the first prenatal visit in those withrisk factors, using standard diagnosticcriteria. (B)

● In pregnant women not known to havediabetes, screen for GDM at 24 –28weeks of gestation, using a 75-g 2-hOGTT and the diagnostic cut points inTable 6. (B)

● Screen women with GDM for persistentdiabetes 6–12 weeks postpartum. (E)

● Women with a history of GDM shouldhave lifelong screening for the develop-ment of diabetes or prediabetes at leastevery 3 years. (E)

For many years, GDM was defined as anydegree of glucose intolerance with onsetor first recognition during pregnancy (8),whether or not the condition persisted af-ter pregnancy, and not excluding the pos-sibility that unrecognized glucoseintolerance may have antedated or begunconcomitantly with the pregnancy. Thisdefinition facilitated a uniform strategy

for detection and classification of GDM,but its limitations were recognized formany years. As the ongoing epidemic ofobesity and diabetes has led to more type2 diabetes in women of childbearing age,the number of pregnant women with un-diagnosed type 2 diabetes has increased(24). Because of this, it is reasonable toscreen women with risk factors for type 2diabetes (Table 4) for diabetes at their ini-tial prenatal visit, using standard diagnos-tic criteria (Table 2). Women withdiabetes found at this visit should receivea diagnosis of overt, not gestational, dia-betes.

GDM carries risks for the mother andneonate. The Hyperglycemia and AdversePregnancy Outcomes (HAPO) study (25),a large-scale (�25,000 pregnant women)multinational epidemiologic study, dem-onstrated that risk of adverse maternal,fetal, and neonatal outcomes continu-ously increased as a function of maternalglycemia at 24–28 weeks, even withinranges previously considered normal forpregnancy. For most complications, therewas no threshold for risk. These resultshave led to careful reconsideration of thediagnostic criteria for GDM. After delib-erations in 2008–2009, the InternationalAssociation of Diabetes and PregnancyStudy Groups (IADPSG), an internationalconsensus group with representativesfrom multiple obstetrical and diabetes or-ganizations, including ADA, developedrevised recommendations for diagnosingGDM. The group recommended that allwomen not known to have diabetes un-dergo a 75-g OGTT at 24–28 weeks ofgestation. Additionally, the group devel-oped diagnostic cut points for the fasting,1-h, and 2-h plasma glucose measure-ments that conveyed an odds ratio for ad-verse outcomes of at least 1.75 comparedwith the mean glucose levels in the HAPOstudy. Current screening and diagnosticstrategies, based on the IADPSG state-ment (26), are outlined in Table 6.

These new criteria will significantlyincrease the prevalence of GDM, primar-ily because only one abnormal value, nottwo, is sufficient to make the diagnosis.The ADA recognizes the anticipated sig-nificant increase in the incidence of GDMto be diagnosed by these criteria and issensitive to concerns about the “medical-ization” of pregnancies previously catego-rized as normal. These diagnostic criteriachanges are being made in the context ofworrisome worldwide increases in obe-sity and diabetes rates, with the intent of

optimizing gestational outcomes forwomen and their babies.

Admittedly, there are few data fromrandomized clinical trials regarding ther-apeutic interventions in women who willnow be diagnosed with GDM based ononly one blood glucose value above thespecified cut points (in contrast to theolder criteria that stipulated at least twoabnormal values.) Expected benefits totheir pregnancies and offspring is inferredfrom intervention trials that focused onwomen with more mild hyperglycemiathan identified using older GDM diagnos-tic criteria and that found modest benefits(27,28). The frequency of their follow-upand blood glucose monitoring is not yetclear, but likely to be less intensive thanwomen diagnosed by the older criteria.Additional well-designed clinical studiesare needed to determine the optimal in-tensity of monitoring and treatment ofwomen with GDM diagnosed by the newcriteria (that would not have met the priordefinition of GDM). It is important to notethat 80–90% of women in both of themild GDM studies (whose glucose valuesoverlapped with the thresholds recom-mended herein) could be managed withlifestyle therapy alone.

Because some cases of GDM may rep-resent preexisting undiagnosed type 2 di-abetes, women with a history of GDMshould be screened for diabetes 6 –12weeks postpartum, using nonpregnantOGTT criteria. Women with a history ofGDM have a greatly increased subsequentrisk for diabetes (29) and should be fol-lowed up with subsequent screening forthe development of diabetes or prediabe-tes, as outlined in II. TESTING FOR DIABETES IN

ASYMPTOMATIC PATIENTS.

Table 6—Screening for and diagnosis ofGDM

Perform a 75-g OGTT, with plasma glucosemeasurement fasting and at 1 and 2 h,at 24–28 weeks of gestation in womennot previously diagnosed with overtdiabetes.

The OGTT should be performed in themorning after an overnight fast of atleast 8 h.

The diagnosis of GDM is made when any ofthe following plasma glucose values areexceeded:

• Fasting �92 mg/dl (5.1 mmol/l)• 1 h �180 mg/dl (10.0 mmol/l)• 2 h �153 mg/dl (8.5 mmol/l)

Table 5—Testing for type 2 diabetes inasymptomatic children

Criteria• Overweight (BMI �85th percentile for

age and sex, weight for height �85thpercentile, or weight �120% of ideal forheight)

Plus any two of the following risk factors:• Family history of type 2 diabetes in first-

or second-degree relative• Race/ethnicity (Native American, African

American, Latino, Asian American,Pacific Islander)

• Signs of insulin resistance or conditionsassociated with insulin resistance(acanthosis nigricans, hypertension,dyslipidemia, PCOS, or small-for-gestational-age birth weight)

• Maternal history of diabetes or GDMduring the child’s gestation

Age of initiation: age 10 years or at onset ofpuberty, if puberty occurs at a youngerage

Frequency: every 3 years

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S15

Page 6: Ada2011

IV. PREVENTION/DELAYOF TYPE 2 DIABETES

Recommendations● Patients with IGT (A), IFG (E), or an

A1C of 5.7– 6.4% (E) should be re-ferred to an effective ongoing supportprogram targeting weight loss of 7% ofbody weight and increasing physicalactivity to at least 150 min/week ofmoderate activity such as walking.

● Follow-up counseling appears to be im-portant for success. (B)

● Based on potential cost savings of diabe-tes prevention, such programs should becovered by third-party payors. (E)

● Metformin therapy for prevention oftype 2 diabetes may be considered inthose at the highest risk for developingdiabetes, such as those with multiplerisk factors, especially if they demon-strate progression of hyperglycemia(e.g., A1C �6%) despite lifestyle inter-ventions. (B)

● Monitoring for the development of di-abetes in those with prediabetes shouldbe performed every year. (E)

Randomized controlled trials have shownthat individuals at high risk for develop-ing diabetes (those with IFG, IGT, orboth) can be given interventions that sig-nificantly decrease the rate of onset of di-

abetes (13–19). These interventionsinclude intensive lifestyle modificationprograms that have been shown to be veryeffective (58% reduction after 3 years)and use of the pharmacologic agents met-formin, �-glucosidase inhibitors, orlistat,and thiazolidinediones (TZDs), each ofwhich has been shown to decrease inci-dent diabetes to various degrees. A sum-mary of major diabetes prevention trials isshown in Table 7.

Follow-up of all three large studies oflifestyle intervention has shown sustainedreduction in the rate of conversion to type2 diabetes, with 43% reduction at 20years in the Da Qing study (30), 43% re-duction at 7 years in the Finnish DiabetesPrevention Study (DPS) (31) and 34% re-duction at 10 years in the U.S. DiabetesPrevention Program Outcomes Study(DPPOS) (32). A cost-effectiveness analy-sis suggested that lifestyle interventions asdelivered in the DPP are cost-effective(33). Group delivery of the DPP interven-tion in community settings has the poten-tial to be significantly less expensive whilestill achieving similar weight loss (34).

Based on the results of clinical trialsand the known risks of progression ofprediabetes to diabetes, persons with anA1C of 5.7–6.4%, IGT, or IFG should becounseled on lifestyle changes with goalssimilar to those of the DPP (7% weight

loss and moderate physical activity of atleast 150 min/week). Regarding the moredifficult issue of drug therapy for diabetesprevention, a consensus panel felt thatmetformin should be the only drug con-sidered (39). For other drugs, the issues ofcost, side effects, and lack of persistenceof effect in some studies led the panel tonot recommend their use for diabetes pre-vention. Metformin, which was signifi-cantly less effective than lifestyle in theDPP and DPPOS, reasonably may be rec-ommended for very-high-risk individuals(those with risk factors for diabetes and/orthose with more severe or progressive hy-perglycemia). Of note, in the DPP met-formin was most effective compared tolifestyle in those with BMI of at least 35kg/m2 and was not significantly betterthan placebo in those over age 60 years.

V. DIABETES CARE

A. Initial evaluationA complete medical evaluation should beperformed to classify the diabetes, detectthe presence of diabetes complications,review previous treatment and glycemiccontrol in patients with established diabe-tes, assist in formulating a managementplan, and provide a basis for continuingcare. Laboratory tests appropriate to theevaluation of each patient’s medical con-

Table 7—Therapies proven effective in diabetes prevention trials

Study (ref.) n Population

Meanage

(years)Duration(years)

Intervention(daily dose)

Incidence incontrolsubjects(%/year)

Relative riskreduction (%)

(95% CI)

3-Yearnumber

needed totreat�

LifestyleFinnish DPS (14) 522 IGT, BMI �25 kg/m2 55 3.2 I-D&E 6 58 (30–70) 8.5DPP (13) 2,161* IGT, BMI �24 kg/m2,

FPG �5.3 mmol/l51 3 I-D&E 10.4 58 (48–66) 6.9

Da Qing (15) 259* IGT (randomized groups) 45 6 G-D&E 14.5 38 (14–56) 7.9Toranomon Study

(35)458 IGT (men), BMI � 24

kg/m2�55 4 I-D&E 2.4 67 (P � 0.043)† 20.6

Indian DPP (19) 269* IGT 46 2.5 I-D&E 23 29 (21–37) 6.4Medications

DPP (13) 2,155* IGT, BMI �24 kg/m2,FPG �5.3 mmol/l

51 2.8 Metformin (1,700mg)

10.4 31 (17–43) 13.9

Indian DPP (19) 269* IGT 46 2.5 Metformin (500 mg) 23 26 (19–35) 6.9STOP-NIDDM (17) 1,419 IGT, FPG �5.6 mmol/l 54 3.2 Acarbose (300 mg) 12.4 25 (10–37) 9.6XENDOS (36) 3,277 BMI �30 kg/m2 43 4 Orlistat (360 mg) 2.4 37 (14–54) 45.5DREAM (18) 5,269 IGT or IFG 55 3.0 Rosiglitazone (8 mg) 9.1 60 (54–65) 6.9Voglibose Ph-3

(37)1,780 IGT 56 3.0 (1-year

Rx)Vogliobose (0.2 mg) 12.0 40 (18–57) 21 (1-year

Rx)

Modified and reprinted with permission (38). Percentage points: �Number needed to treat to prevent 1 case of diabetes, standardized for a 3-year period to improvecomparisons across studies. *Number of participants in the indicated comparisons, not necessarily in entire study. †Calculated from information in the article. DPP, DiabetesPrevention Program; DPS, Diabetes Prevention Study; DREAM, Diabetes Reduction Assessment with Ramipril and Rosiglitazone Medication; STOP-NIDDM, Study toPrevent Non-Insulin Dependent Diabetes; XENDOS, Xenical in the prevention of Diabetes in Obese Subjects. I, individual; G, group; D&E, diet and exercise.

Standards of Medical Care

S16 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 7: Ada2011

dition should be performed. A focus onthe components of comprehensive care(Table 8) will assist the health care team toensure optimal management of the pa-tient with diabetes.

B. ManagementPeople with diabetes should receive med-ical care from a physician-coordinatedteam. Such teams may include, but arenot limited to, physicians, nurse practitio-ners, physician’s assistants, nurses, dieti-tians, pharmacists, and mental healthprofessionals with expertise and a specialinterest in diabetes. It is essential in thiscollaborative and integrated team ap-proach that individuals with diabetes as-sume an active role in their care.

The management plan should beformulated as a collaborative therapeu-tic alliance among the patient and fam-ily, the physician, and other members ofthe health care team. A variety of strat-egies and techniques should be used toprovide adequate education and devel-opment of problem-solving skills in thevarious aspects of diabetes manage-ment. Implementation of the manage-ment plan requires that each aspect isunderstood and agreed to by the patientand the care providers and that the goalsand treatment plan are reasonable. Anyplan should recognize diabetes self-management education (DSME) andongoing diabetes support as an integralcomponent of care. In developing theplan, consideration should be given tothe patient’s age, school or work sched-ule and conditions, physical activity,eating patterns, social situation andcultural factors, and presence of com-plications of diabetes or other medicalconditions.

C. Glycemic control

1. Assessment of glycemic controlTwo primary techniques are available forhealth providers and patients to assess theeffectiveness of the management plan onglycemic control: patient self-monitoringof blood glucose (SMBG) or interstitialglucose, and A1C.

a. Glucose monitoring

Recommendations● SMBG should be carried out three or

more times daily for patients using mul-tiple insulin injections or insulin pumptherapy. (A)

● For patients using less-frequent insulininjections, noninsulin therapies, ormedical nutrition therapy (MNT)alone, SMBG may be useful as a guide tothe success of therapy. (E)

● To achieve postprandial glucose tar-gets, postprandial SMBG may be appro-priate. (E)

● When prescribing SMBG, ensure thatpatients receive initial instruction in,and routine follow-up evaluation of,SMBG technique and their ability to usedata to adjust therapy. (E)

● Continuous glucose monitoring (CGM)

in conjunction with intensive insulinregimens can be a useful tool to lowerA1C in selected adults (age �25 years)with type 1 diabetes. (A)

● Although the evidence for A1C-lowering is less strong in children,teens, and younger adults, CGM maybe helpful in these groups. Success cor-relates with adherence to ongoing useof the device. (C)

● CGM may be a supplemental tool toSMBG in those with hypoglycemia un-awareness and/or frequent hypoglyce-mic episodes. (E)

Table 8—Components of the comprehensive diabetes evaluation

Medical history• Age and characteristics of onset of diabetes (e.g., DKA, asymptomatic laboratory finding)• Eating patterns, physical activity habits, nutritional status, and weight history; growth

and development in children and adolescents• Diabetes education history• Review of previous treatment regimens and response to therapy (A1C records)• Current treatment of diabetes, including medications, meal plan, physical activity

patterns, and results of glucose monitoring and patient’s use of data• DKA frequency, severity, and cause• Hypoglycemic episodes

• Hypoglycemia awareness• Any severe hypoglycemia: frequency and cause

• History of diabetes-related complications• Microvascular: retinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy (sensory, including history of

foot lesions; autonomic, including sexual dysfunction and gastroparesis)• Macrovascular: CHD, cerebrovascular disease, PAD• Other: psychosocial problems*, dental disease*

Physical examination• Height, weight, BMI• Blood pressure determination, including orthostatic measurements when indicated• Fundoscopic examination*• Thyroid palpation• Skin examination (for acanthosis nigricans and insulin injection sites)• Comprehensive foot examination:

• Inspection• Palpation of dorsalis pedis and posterior tibial pulses• Presence/absence of patellar and Achilles reflexes• Determination of proprioception, vibration, and monofilament sensation

Laboratory evaluation• A1C, if results not available within past 2–3 months• If not performed/available within past year:

• Fasting lipid profile, including total, LDL and HDL cholesterol and triglycerides• Liver function tests• Test for urine albumin excretion with spot urine albumin-to-creatinine ratio• Serum creatinine and calculated GFR• Thyroid-stimulating hormone in type 1 diabetes, dyslipidemia, or women over age 50

yearsReferrals

• Annual dilated eye exam• Family planning for women of reproductive age• Registered dietitian for MNT• DSME• Dental examination• Mental health professional, if needed

*See appropriate referrals for these categories.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S17

Page 8: Ada2011

Major clinical trials of insulin-treated pa-tients that demonstrated the benefits ofintensive glycemic control on diabetescomplications have included SMBG aspart of multifactorial interventions, sug-gesting that SMBG is a component of ef-fective therapy. SMBG allows patients toevaluate their individual response to ther-apy and assess whether glycemic targetsare being achieved. Results of SMBG canbe useful in preventing hypoglycemia andadjusting medications (particularly pran-dial insulin doses), MNT, and physical ac-tivity.

The frequency and timing of SMBGshould be dictated by the particular needsand goals of the patient. SMBG is espe-cially important for patients treated withinsulin to monitor for and prevent asymp-tomatic hypoglycemia and hyperglyce-mia. For most patients with type 1diabetes and pregnant women taking in-sulin, SMBG is recommended three ormore times daily. For these populations,significantly more frequent testing may berequired to reach A1C targets safely with-out hypoglycemia. The optimal frequencyand timing of SMBG for patients with type2 diabetes on noninsulin therapy is un-clear. A meta-analysis of SMBG in non–insulin-treated patients with type 2diabetes concluded that some regimen ofSMBG was associated with a reduction inA1C of 0.4%. However, many of the stud-ies in this analysis also included patienteducation with diet and exercise counsel-ing and, in some cases, pharmacologic in-tervention, making it difficult to assess thecontribution of SMBG alone to improvedcontrol (40). Several recent trials havecalled into question the clinical utility andcost-effectiveness of routine SMBG innon–insulin-treated patients (41–43).

Because the accuracy of SMBG is in-strument and user dependent (44), it isimportant to evaluate each patient’s mon-itoring technique, both initially and atregular intervals thereafter. In addition,optimal use of SMBG requires proper in-terpretation of the data. Patients shouldbe taught how to use the data to adjustfood intake, exercise, or pharmacologicaltherapy to achieve specific glycemic goals,and these skills should be reevaluated pe-riodically.

CGM through the measurement of in-terstitial glucose (which correlates wellwith plasma glucose) is available. Thesesensors require calibration with SMBG,and the latter are still recommended formaking acute treatment decisions. CGMdevices also have alarms for hypo- and

hyperglycemic excursions. Small studiesin selected patients with type 1 diabeteshave suggested that CGM use reduces thetime spent in hypo- and hyperglycemicranges and may modestly improve glyce-mic control. A larger 26-week random-ized trial of 322 type 1 patients showedthat adults age 25 years and older usingintensive insulin therapy and CGM expe-rienced a 0.5% reduction in A1C (from�7.6% to 7.1%) compared to usual in-tensive insulin therapy with SMBG (45).Sensor use in children, teens, and adultsup to age 24 years did not result in signif-icant A1C lowering, and there was no sig-nificant difference in hypoglycemia in anygroup. Importantly, the greatest predictorof A1C-lowering in this study for all age-groups was frequency of sensor use,which was lower in younger age-groups.In a smaller randomized controlled trial of129 adults and children with baselineA1C �7.0%, outcomes combining A1Cand hypoglycemia favored the group uti-lizing CGM, suggesting that CGM is alsobeneficial for individuals with type 1 dia-betes who have already achieved excellentcontrol with A1C �7.0 (46). AlthoughCGM is an evolving technology, emergingdata suggest that, in appropriately se-lected patients who are motivated to wearit most of the time, it may offer benefit.CGM may be particularly useful in thosewith hypoglycemia unawareness and/orfrequent episodes of hypoglycemia, andstudies in this area are ongoing.

b. A1C

Recommendations● Perform the A1C test at least two times

a year in patients who are meeting treat-ment goals (and who have stable glyce-mic control). (E)

● Perform the A1C test quarterly in pa-tients whose therapy has changed orwho are not meeting glycemic goals. (E)

● Use of point-of-care testing for A1C al-lows for timely decisions on therapychanges, when needed. (E)

Because A1C is thought to reflect averageglycemia over several months (44), andhas strong predictive value for diabetescomplications (47,48), A1C testingshould be performed routinely in all pa-tients with diabetes, at initial assessmentand then as part of continuing care. Mea-surement approximately every 3 monthsdetermines whether a patient’s glycemictargets have been reached and main-tained. For any individual patient, the fre-

quency of A1C testing should bedependent on the clinical situation, thetreatment regimen used, and the judg-ment of the clinician. Some patients withstable glycemia well within target may dowell with testing only twice per year,while unstable or highly intensively man-aged patients (e.g., pregnant type 1women) may be tested more frequentlythan every 3 months. The availability ofthe A1C result at the time that the patientis seen (point-of-care testing) has been re-ported to result in increased intensifica-tion of therapy and improvement inglycemic control (49,50).

The A1C test is subject to certain lim-itations. Conditions that affect erythro-cyte turnover (hemolysis, blood loss) andhemoglobin variants must be considered,particularly when the A1C result does notcorrelate with the patient’s clinical situa-tion (44). In addition, A1C does not pro-vide a measure of glycemic variability orhypoglycemia. For patients prone to gly-cemic variability (especially type 1 pa-tients, or type 2 patients with severeinsulin deficiency), glycemic control isbest judged by the combination of resultsof SMBG testing and the A1C. The A1Cmay also serve as a check on the accuracyof the patient’s meter (or the patient’s re-ported SMBG results) and the adequacy ofthe SMBG testing schedule.

Table 9 contains the correlation be-tween A1C levels and mean plasma glu-cose levels based on data from theinternational A1C-Derived Average Glu-cose (ADAG) trial utilizing frequentSMBG and CGM in 507 adults (83% Cau-casian) with type 1, type 2, and no diabe-

Table 9—Correlation of A1C with averageglucose

A1C (%)

Mean plasma glucose

mg/dl mmol/l

6 126 7.07 154 8.68 183 10.29 212 11.8

10 240 13.411 269 14.912 298 16.5

These estimates are based on ADAG data of �2,700glucose measurements over 3 months per A1C mea-surement in 507 adults with type 1, type 2, and nodiabetes. The correlation between A1C and averageglucose was 0.92 (51). A calculator for convertingA1C results into estimated average glucose (eAG), ineither mg/dl or mmol/l, is available at http://professional.diabetes.org/eAG.

Standards of Medical Care

S18 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 9: Ada2011

tes (51). The American DiabetesAssociation and American Association ofClinical Chemists have determined thatthe correlation (r � 0.92) is strongenough to justify reporting both an A1Cresult and an estimated average glucose(eAG) result when a clinician orders theA1C test. The table in previous versions ofthe Standards of Medical Care in Diabetesdescribing the correlation between A1Cand mean glucose was derived from rela-tively sparse data (one 7-point profileover 1 day per A1C reading) in the pri-marily Caucasian type 1 diabetic partici-pants in the DCCT (52). Cliniciansshould note that the numbers in the tableare now different, as they are based on�2,800 readings per A1C in the ADAGtrial.

In the ADAG trial, there were no sig-nificant differences among racial and eth-nic groups in the regression lines betweenA1C and mean glucose, although therewas a trend toward a difference betweenAfrican/African American participantsand Caucasian ones that might have beensignificant had more African/AfricanAmerican participants been studied. A re-cent study comparing A1C with CGMdata in 48 type 1 diabetic children founda highly statistically significant correla-tion between A1C and mean blood glu-cose, although the correlation (r � 0.7)was significantly lower than in the ADAGtrial (53). Whether there are significantdifferences in how A1C relates to averageglucose in children or in African Ameri-can patients is an area for further study.For the time being, the question has notled to different recommendations abouttesting A1C or to different interpretationsof the clinical meaning of given levels ofA1C in those populations.

For patients in whom A1C/eAG andmeasured blood glucose appear discrep-ant, clinicians should consider the possi-bilities of hemoglobinopathy or alteredred cell turnover, and the options of morefrequent and/or different timing of SMBGor use of CGM. Other measures of chronicglycemia such as fructosamine are avail-able, but their linkage to average glucoseand their prognostic significance are notas clear as is the case for A1C.

2. Glycemic goals in adults

Recommendations● Lowering A1C to below or around 7%

has been shown to reduce microvascu-lar and neuropathic complications ofdiabetes and, if implemented soon after

the diagnosis of diabetes, is associatedwith long-term reduction in macrovas-cular disease. Therefore, a reasonableA1C goal for many nonpregnant adultsis �7%. (B)

● Because additional analyses from sev-eral randomized trials suggest a smallbut incremental benefit in microvascu-lar outcomes with A1C values closer tonormal, providers might reasonablysuggest more stringent A1C goals forselected individual patients, if this canbe achieved without significant hypo-glycemia or other adverse effects oftreatment. Such patients might includethose with short duration of diabetes,long life expectancy, and no significantCVD. (B)

● Conversely, less stringent A1C goalsmay be appropriate for patients with ahistory of severe hypoglycemia, limitedlife expectancy, advanced microvascu-lar or macrovascular complications, ex-tensive comorbid conditions, and thosewith longstanding diabetes in whomthe general goal is difficult to attain de-spite DSME, appropriate glucose mon-itoring, and effective doses of multipleglucose-lowering agents including in-sulin. (C)

Glycemic control is fundamental to themanagement of diabetes. The DCCT (47)(in patients with type 1 diabetes), the Ku-mamoto study (54), and the UK Prospec-tive Diabetes Study (UKPDS) (55,56)(both in patients with type 2 diabetes)were prospective, randomized, controlledtrials of intensive versus standard glyce-mic control in patients with relatively re-cently diagnosed diabetes. These trialsshowed definitively that improved glyce-mic control is associated with signifi-cantly decreased rates of microvascular(retinopathy and nephropathy) and neu-ropathic complications. Follow up of theDCCT cohorts in the Epidemiology of Di-abetes Interventions and Complications(EDIC) study (57,58) and of the UKPDScohort (59) has shown persistence ofthese microvascular benefits in previouslyintensively treated subjects, even thoughtheir glycemic control has been equiva-lent to that of previous standard arm sub-jects during follow-up.

Subsequent trials in patients withmore long-standing type 2 diabetes, de-signed primarily to look at the role ofintensive glycemic control on cardiovas-cular outcomes also confirmed a benefit,although more modest, on onset or pro-gression of microvascular complications.

The Veterans Affairs Diabetes Trial(VADT) showed significant reductions inalbuminuria with intensive (achieved me-dian A1C 6.9%) compared to standardglycemic control, but no difference in ret-inopathy and neuropathy (60,61). TheAction in Diabetes and Vascular Disease:Preterax and Diamicron Modified ReleaseControlled Evaluation (ADVANCE) studyof intensive versus standard glycemiccontrol in type 2 diabetes found a statis-tically significant reduction in albumin-uria with an A1C target of �6.5%(achieved median A1C 6.3%) comparedto standard therapy achieving a medianA1C of 7.0% (62). Recent analyses fromthe Action to Control Cardiovascular Riskin Diabetes (ACCORD) trial have shownlower rates of measures of microvascularcomplications in the intensive glycemiccontrol arm compared with the standardarm (63,64).

Epidemiological analyses of theDCCT and UKPDS (47,48) demonstrate acurvilinear relationship between A1C andmicrovascular complications. Such anal-yses suggest that, on a population level,the greatest number of complications willbe averted by taking patients from verypoor control to fair or good control. Theseanalyses also suggest that further loweringof A1C from 7 to 6% is associated withfurther reduction in the risk of microvas-cular complications, albeit the absoluterisk reductions become much smaller.Given the substantially increased risk ofhypoglycemia (particularly in those withtype 1 diabetes, but also in the recent type2 trials), the concerning mortality find-ings in the ACCORD trial (65), and therelatively much greater effort required toachieve near-normoglycemia, the risks oflower targets may outweigh the potentialbenefits on microvascular complicationson a population level. However, selectedindividual patients, especially those withlittle comorbidity and long life expect-ancy (who may reap the benefits of fur-ther lowering of glycemia below 7%) may,at patient and provider judgment, adoptglycemic targets as close to normal as pos-sible as long as significant hypoglycemiadoes not become a barrier.

Whereas many epidemiologic studiesand meta-analyses (66,67) have clearlyshown a direct relationship between A1Cand CVD, the potential of intensive glyce-mic control to reduce CVD has been lessclearly defined. In the DCCT, there was atrend toward lower risk of CVD eventswith intensive control. However, 9-yearpost-DCCT follow-up of the cohort has

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S19

Page 10: Ada2011

shown that participants previously ran-domized to the intensive arm had a 42%reduction (P � 0.02) in CVD outcomesand a 57% reduction (P � 0.02) in therisk of nonfatal myocardial infarction(MI), stroke, or CVD death comparedwith those previously in the standard arm(68). The benefit of intensive glycemiccontrol in this type 1 cohort has recentlybeen shown to persist for several decades(69).

The UKPDS trial of type 2 diabetesobserved a 16% reduction in cardiovascu-lar complications (combined fatal or non-fatal MI and sudden death) in theintensive glycemic control arm, althoughthis difference was not statistically signif-icant (P � 0.052), and there was no sug-gestion of benefit on other CVD outcomessuch as stroke. However, 10 years of fol-low-up of the UKPDS cohort demon-strated, for participants originallyrandomized to intensive glycemic controlcompared with those randomized to con-ventional glycemic control, long-term re-ductions in MI (15% with sulfonylurea orinsulin as initial pharmacotherapy, 33%with metformin as initial pharmacother-apy, both statistically significant) and inall-cause mortality (13 and 27%, respec-tively, both statistically significant) (59).

Re su l t s o f th r ee l a rge t r i a l s(ACCORD, ADVANCE, and VADT) sug-gested no significant reduction in CVDoutcomes with intensive glycemic controlin these populations, who had more ad-vanced diabetes than UKPDS partici-pants. Details of these three studies arereviewed extensively in a recent ADA po-sition statement (70).

The glycemic contro l arm ofACCORD was halted early due to thefinding of an increased rate of mortality inthe intensive arm compared with the stan-dard arm (1.41% vs. 1.14% per year; HR1.22 [95% CI 1.01 to 1.46]); with a sim-ilar increase in cardiovascular deaths. Theprimary outcome of ACCORD (MI,stroke, or cardiovascular death) waslower in the intensive glycemic controlgroup, due to a reduction in nonfatal MI,but this reduction was not statistically sig-nificant when the study was terminated(65).

The potential cause of excess deathsin the intensive group of the ACCORDhas been difficult to pinpoint. Explor-atory analyses of the mortality findings ofACCORD (evaluating variables includingweight gain, use of any specific drug ordrug combination, and hypoglycemia)were reportedly unable to identify a clear

explanation for the excess mortality in theintensive arm. The ACCORD investiga-tors subsequently published additionalanalyses showing no increase in mortalityin the intensive arm participants whoachieved A1C levels �7% or in those wholowered their A1C quickly after trial en-rollment. In fact, the converse was ob-served—those at highest risk for mortalitywere participants in the intensive armwith the highest A1C levels (71).

The primary outcome of ADVANCEwas a combination of microvascularevents (nephropathy and retinopathy)and major adverse cardiovascular events(MI, stroke, and cardiovascular death).Intensive glycemic control significantlyreduced the primary end point, althoughthis was due to a significant reduction inthe microvascular outcome, primarily de-velopment of macroalbuminuria, with nosignificant reduction in the macrovascu-lar outcome. There was no difference inoverall or cardiovascular mortality be-tween the intensive compared with thestandard glycemic control arms (62).

The VADT randomized participantswith type 2 diabetes uncontrolled on in-sulin or maximal dose oral agents (me-dian entry A1C 9.4%) to a strategy ofintensive glycemic control (goal A1C�6.0%) or standard glycemic control,with a planned A1C separation of at least1.5%. The primary outcome of the VADTwas a composite of CVD events. The cu-mulative primary outcome was nonsig-nificantly lower in the intensive arm (60).

Unlike the UKPDS, which was carriedout in patients with newly diagnosed di-abetes, all three of the recent type 2 car-diovascular trials were conducted inparticipants with established diabetes(mean duration 8–11 years) and eitherknown CVD or multiple risk factors, sug-gesting the presence of established ath-erosclerosis. Subset analyses of the threetrials suggested a significant benefit of in-tensive glycemic control on CVD in par-ticipants with shorter duration ofdiabetes, lower A1C at entry, and/or orabsence of known CVD. The DCCT-EDICstudy and the long-term follow-up of theUKPDS cohort both suggest that intensiveglycemic control initiated soon after diag-nosis of diabetes in patients with a lowerlevel of CVD risk may impart long-termprotection from CVD events. As is thecase with microvascular complications, itmay be that glycemic control plays agreater role before macrovascular diseaseis well developed and minimal or no rolewhen it is advanced. Consistent with this

concept, data from an ancillary study ofthe VADT demonstrated that intensiveglycemic control was quite effective in re-ducing CVD events in individuals withless atherosclerosis at baseline (assessedby coronary calcium) but not in personswith more extensive baseline atheroscle-rosis (72).

The evidence for a cardiovascularbenefit of intensive glycemic control pri-marily rests on long-term follow-up ofstudy cohorts treated early in the courseof type 1 and type 2 diabetes and subsetanalyses of ACCORD, ADVANCE, andVADT. A recent group-level meta-analysis of the latter three trials suggeststhat glucose lowering has a modest (9%)but statistically significant reduction inmajor CVD outcomes, primarily nonfatalMI, with no significant effect on mortality.A prespecified subgroup analysis sug-gested that major CVD outcome reduc-tion occurred in patients without knownCVD at baseline (HR 0.84 [95% CI 0.74–0.94]) (73). Conversely, the mortalityfindings in ACCORD and subgroup anal-yses of VADT suggest that the potentialrisks of very intensive glycemic controlmay outweigh its benefits in some pa-tients, such as those with very long dura-tion of diabetes, known history of severehypoglycemia, advanced atherosclerosis,and advanced age/frailty. Certainly, pro-viders should be vigilant in preventing se-vere hypoglycemia in patients withadvanced disease and should not aggres-sively attempt to achieve near-normalA1C levels in patients in whom such atarget cannot be reasonably easily andsafely achieved.

Recommended glycemic goals formany nonpregnant adults are shown inTable 10. The recommendations arebased on those for A1C values, with listedblood glucose levels that appear to corre-late with achievement of an A1C of �7%.Less-stringent treatment goals may be ap-propriate for adults with limited life ex-pectancies or advanced vascular disease.Glycemic goals for children are providedin VII.A.1.a. Glycemic control. Severe orfrequent hypoglycemia is an absolute in-dication for the modification of treatmentregimens, including setting higher glyce-mic goals.

The issue of pre- versus postprandialSMBG targets is complex (74). Elevatedpostchallenge (2-h OGTT) glucose valueshave been associated with increased car-diovascular risk independent of FPG insome epidemiological studies. In diabeticsubjects, some surrogate measures of vas-

Standards of Medical Care

S20 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 11: Ada2011

cular pathology, such as endothelial dys-function, are negatively affected bypostprandial hyperglycemia (75). It isclear that postprandial hyperglycemia,like preprandial hyperglycemia, contrib-utes to elevated A1C levels, with its rela-tive contribution being higher at A1Clevels that are closer to 7%. However, out-come studies have clearly shown A1C tobe the primary predictor of complica-tions, and landmark glycemic control tri-als such as the DCCT and UKPDS reliedoverwhelmingly on preprandial SMBG.Additionally, a randomized controlledtrial in patients with known CVD foundno CVD benefit of insulin regimens tar-geting postprandial glucose comparedwith targeting preprandial glucose (76). Areasonable recommendation for post-prandial testing and targets is that for in-dividuals who have premeal glucosevalues within target but have A1C valuesabove target, monitoring postprandialplasma glucose (PPG) 1–2 h after the startof the meal and treatment aimed at reduc-ing PPG values to �180 mg/dl may helplower A1C.

As regards goals for glycemic controlfor women with GDM, recommendationsfrom the Fifth International Workshop-Conference on Gestational Diabetes (77)were to target maternal capillary glucoseconcentrations of:

• Preprandial �95 mg/dl (5.3 mmol/l)and either• 1-h postmeal �140 mg/dl (7.8

mmol/l)or

• 2-h postmeal �120 mg/dl (6.7mmol/l)

For women with preexisting type 1 ortype 2 diabetes who become pregnant, arecent consensus statement (78) recom-mended the following as optimal glyce-mic goals, if they can be achieved withoutexcessive hypoglycemia:

● premeal, bedtime, and overnight glu-cose 60–99 mg/dl (3.3–5.4 mmol/l)

● peak postprandial glucose 100 –129mg/dl (5.4–7.1mmol/l)

● A1C �6.0%

D. Pharmacologic and overallapproaches to treatment

1. Therapy for type 1 diabetesThe DCCT clearly showed that intensiveinsulin therapy (three or more injectionsper day of insulin, or continuous subcu-taneous insulin infusion (CSII) (insulinpump therapy) was a key part of im-proved glycemia and better outcomes(47,68). At the time of the study, therapywas carried out with short- and interme-diate-acting human insulins. Despite bet-ter microvascular outcomes, intensiveinsulin therapy was associated with a highrate in severe hypoglycemia (62 episodesper 100 patient-years of therapy). Sincethe time of the DCCT, a number of rapid-acting and long-acting insulin analogshave been developed. These analogs areassociated with less hypoglycemia withequal A1C-lowering in type 1 diabetes(79,80).

Therefore, recommended therapy for

type 1 diabetes consists of the followingcomponents: 1) use of multiple dose in-sulin injections (three to four injectionsper day of basal and prandial insulin) orCSII therapy; 2) matching of prandial in-sulin to carbohydrate intake, premealblood glucose, and anticipated activity;and 3) for many patients (especially if hy-poglycemia is a problem), use of insulinanalogs. There are excellent reviews avail-able that guide the initiation and manage-ment of insulin therapy to achieve desiredglycemic goals (3,79,81).

Because of the increased frequency ofother autoimmune diseases in type 1 dia-betes, screening for thyroid dysfunction,vitamin B12 deficiency, or celiac diseaseshould be considered based on signs andsymptoms. Periodic screening in absenceof symptoms has been recommended, butthe effectiveness and optimal frequencyare unclear.

2. Therapy for type 2 diabetesThe ADA and the EASD published an ex-pert consensus statement on the approachto management of hyperglycemia in indi-viduals with type 2 diabetes (82). High-lights of this approach are: intervention atthe time of diagnosis with metformin incombination with lifestyle changes (MNTand exercise) and continuing timely aug-mentation of therapy with additionalagents (including early initiation of insu-lin therapy) as a means of achieving andmaintaining recommended levels of gly-cemic control (i.e., A1C �7% for mostpatients). As A1C targets are not achieved,treatment intensification is based on theaddition of another agent from a differentclass. The overall objective is to achieveand maintain glycemic control and tochange interventions when therapeuticgoals are not being met.

The algorithm took into account theevidence for A1C-lowering of the individ-ual interventions, their additive effects,and their expense. The precise drugs usedand their exact sequence may not be asimportant as achieving and maintainingglycemic targets safely. Medications notincluded in the consensus algorithm, ow-ing to less glucose-lowering effectiveness,limited clinical data, and/or relative ex-pense, still may be appropriate choices inindividual patients to achieve glycemicgoals. Initiation of insulin at time of diagno-sis is recommended for individuals present-ing with weight loss or other severehyperglycemic symptoms or signs.

Table 10—Summary of glycemic recommendations for many nonpregnant adults withdiabetes

A1C �7.0%*Preprandial capillary plasma glucose 70–130 mg/dl* (3.9–7.2 mmol/l)Peak postprandial capillary plasma glucose† �180 mg/dl* (�10.0 mmol/l)

• Goals should be individualized based on*:• duration of diabetes• age/life expectancy• comorbid conditions• known CVD or advanced microvascular

complications• hypoglycemia unawareness• individual patient considerations

• More or less stringent glycemic goals maybe appropriate for individual patients.

• Postprandial glucose may be targeted ifA1C goals are not met despite reachingpreprandial glucose goals.

Postprandial glucose measurements should be made 1–2 h after the beginning of the meal, generally peaklevels in patients with diabetes.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S21

Page 12: Ada2011

E. Diabetes self-managementeducation

Recommendations● People with diabetes should receive di-

abetes self-management education(DSME) according to national stan-dards when their diabetes is diagnosedand as needed thereafter. (B)

● Effective self-management and qualityof life are the key outcomes of DSMEand should be measured and moni-tored as part of care. (C)

● DSME should address psychosocial is-sues, since emotional well-being is as-sociated with posit ive diabetesoutcomes. (C)

● Because DSME can result in cost-savings and improved outcomes (B),DSME should be adequately reim-bursed by third-party payors. (E)

DSME is an essential element of diabetescare (83–88), and national standards forDSME (89) are based on evidence for itsbenefits. Education helps people with di-abetes initiate effective self-managementand cope with diabetes when they are firstdiagnosed. Ongoing DSME and supportalso help people with diabetes maintaineffective self-management throughout alifetime of diabetes as they face new chal-lenges and treatment advances becomeavailable. DSME helps patients optimizemetabolic control, prevent and managecomplications, and maximize quality oflife in a cost-effective manner (90).

DSME is the ongoing process of facil-itating the knowledge, skill, and abilitynecessary for diabetes self-care. This pro-cess incorporates the needs, goals, and lifeexperiences of the person with diabetes.The overall objectives of DSME are to sup-port informed decision-making, self-carebehaviors, problem-solving, and activecollaboration with the health care team toimprove clinical outcomes, health status,and quality of life in a cost-effective man-ner (89).

Current best practice of DSME is askills-based approach that focuses onhelping those with diabetes to make in-formed self-management choices. DSMEhas changed from a didactic approach fo-cusing on providing information to moretheoretically based empowerment modelsthat focus on helping those with diabetesmake informed self-management deci-sions. Care of diabetes has shifted to anapproach that is more patient centeredand places the person with diabetes andhis or her family at the center of the care

model working in collaboration withhealth care professionals. Patient-centered care is respectful of and respon-sive to individual patient preferences,needs, and values and ensures that patientvalues guide all decision making (91).

Evidence for the benefits of DSMEMultiple studies have found that DSME isassociated with improved diabetesknowledge and improved self-care behav-ior (83), improved clinical outcomes suchas lower A1C (84,85,87,88,92), lowerself-reported weight (83), improved qual-ity of life (86,93), healthy coping (94),and lower costs (95). Better outcomeswere reported for DSME interventionsthat were longer and included follow-upsupport (83,96–99), that were culturally(100,101) and age appropriate (102,103)and tailored to individual needs and pref-erences, and that addressed psychosocialissues and incorporated behavioral strat-egies (83,87,104–106). Both individualand group approaches have been foundeffective (107–110). There is growing ev-idence for the role of community healthworkers and peer (111,112) and lay lead-ers (113) in delivering DSME and supportin addition to the core team (114).

Diabetes education is associated withincreased use of primary and preventiveservices and lower use of acute, inpatienthospital services (95). Patients who par-ticipate in diabetes education are morelikely to follow best practice treatmentrecommendations, particularly amongthe Medicare population, and have lowerMedicare and commercial claim costs(115).

National standards for DSMENational standards for DSME are de-signed to define quality DSME and to as-sist diabetes educators in a variety ofsettings to provide evidence-based educa-tion (89). The standards, most recentlyrevised in 2007, are reviewed and up-dated every 5 years by a task force repre-senting key organizations involved in thefield of diabetes education and care.

Reimbursement for DSMEDSME, when provided by a program thatmeets the national standards for DSME andis recognized by the ADA or other approvalbodies, is reimbursed as partof the Medicareprogram as overseen by the Centers for Medi-care and Medicaid Services (CMS) (www.cms.hhs.gov/DiabetesSelfManagement).DSME is also covered by a growing numberof other health insurance plans.

F. Medical nutrition therapy

General recommendations● Individuals who have prediabetes or di-

abetes should receive individualizedmedical nutrition therapy (MNT) asneeded to achieve treatment goals, pref-erably provided by a registered dietitianfamiliar with the components of diabe-tes MNT. (A)

● Because MNT can result in cost-savingsand improved outcomes (B), MNTshould be adequately covered by insur-ance and other payors. (E)

Energy balance, overweight, andobesity● In overweight and obese insulin-

resistant individuals, modest weightloss has been shown to reduce insulinresistance. Thus, weight loss is recom-mended for all overweight or obese in-dividuals who have or are at risk fordiabetes. (A)

● For weight loss, either low-carbohydrate,low-fat calorie-restricted, or Mediterra-nean diets may be effective in the short-term (up to 2 years). (A)

● For patients on low-carbohydrate diets,monitor lipid profiles, renal function,and protein intake (in those with ne-phropathy), and adjust hypoglycemictherapy as needed. (E)

● Physical activity and behavior modifi-cation are important components ofweight loss programs and are mosthelpful in maintenance of weight loss.(B)

Recommendations for primaryprevention of diabetes● Among individuals at high risk for de-

veloping type 2 diabetes, structuredprograms that emphasize lifestylechanges that include moderate weightloss (7% body weight) and regularphysical activity (150 min/week),with dietary strategies including re-duced calories and reduced intake ofdietary fat, can reduce the risk for de-veloping diabetes and are thereforerecommended. (A)

● Individuals at high risk for type 2 dia-betes should be encouraged to achievethe U.S. Department of Agriculture(USDA) recommendation for dietary fi-ber (14 g fiber/1,000 kcal) and foodscontaining whole grains (one-half ofgrain intake). (B)

Standards of Medical Care

S22 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 13: Ada2011

Recommendations for managementof diabetes

Macronutrients in diabetesmanagement● The best mix of carbohydrate, protein,

and fat may be adjusted to meet themetabolic goals and individual prefer-ences of the person with diabetes. (E)

● Monitoring carbohydrate, whether bycarbohydrate counting, choices, or ex-perience-based estimation, remains akey strategy in achieving glycemic con-trol. (A)

● For individuals with diabetes, the use ofthe glycemic index and glycemic loadmay provide a modest additional bene-fit for glycemic control over that ob-served when total carbohydrate isconsidered alone. (B)

● Saturated fat intake should be �7% oftotal calories. (A)

● Reducing intake of trans fat lowers LDLcholesterol and increases HDL choles-terol (A), therefore intake of trans fatshould be minimized. (E)

Other nutrition recommendations● If adults with diabetes choose to use

alcohol, daily intake should be limitedto a moderate amount (one drink perday or less for adult women and twodrinks per day or less for adult men).(E)

● Routine supplementation with antioxi-dants, such as vitamins E and C andcarotene, is not advised because of lackof evidence of efficacy and concern re-lated to long-term safety. (A)

● Individualized meal planning shouldinclude optimization of food choices tomeet recommended dietary allowance(RDA)/dietary reference intake (DRI)for all micronutrients. (E)

MNT is an integral component of diabetesprevention, management, and self-management education. In addition to itsrole in preventing and controlling diabe-tes, ADA recognizes the importance ofnutrition as an essential component of anoverall healthy lifestyle. A full review ofthe evidence regarding nutrition in pre-venting and controlling diabetes and itscomplications and additional nutrition-related recommendations can be found inthe ADA position statement, “NutritionRecommendations and Interventions forDiabetes,” published in 2007 and up-dated for 2008 (116). Achieving nutri-tion-related goals requires a coordinatedteam effort that includes the active in-

volvement of the person with prediabetesor diabetes. Because of the complexity ofnutrition issues, it is recommended that aregistered dietitian who is knowledgeableand skilled in implementing nutritiontherapy into diabetes management andeducation be the team member who pro-vides MNT.

Clinical trials/outcome studies ofMNT have reported decreases in A1C at3–6 months ranging from 0.25% to 2.9%with higher reductions seen in type 2 di-abetes of shorter duration. Multiple stud-ies have demonstrated susta inedimprovements in A1C at 12 months andlonger when an Registered Dietitian pro-vided follow-up visits ranging frommonthly to three sessions per year (117–124). Studies in nondiabetic people sug-gest that MNT reduces LDL cholesterol by15–25 mg/dl up to 16% (125) and sup-port a role for lifestyle modification intreating hypertension (125,126).

Because of the effects of obesity oninsulin resistance, weight loss is an im-portant therapeutic objective for over-weight or obese individuals withprediabetes or diabetes (127). Short-termstudies have demonstrated that moderateweight loss (5% of body weight) in sub-jects with type 2 diabetes is associatedwith decreased insulin resistance, im-proved measures of glycemia and lipemia,and reduced blood pressure (128); long-er-term studies (52 weeks) showed mixedeffects on A1C in adults with type 2 dia-betes (129–131), and in some studies re-sults were confounded by pharmacologicweight loss therapy. A systematic reviewof 80 weight loss studies of �1 year induration demonstrated that moderateweight loss achieved through diet alone,diet and exercise, and meal replacementscan be achieved and maintained (4.8–8%weight loss at 12 months) (132). The mul-tifactorial intensive lifestyle interventionemployed in the DPP, which included re-duced intake of fat and calories, led toweight loss averaging 7% at 6 months andmaintenance of 5% weight loss at 3 years,associated with a 58% reduction in inci-dence of type 2 diabetes (13). A recentrandomized controlled trial looking athigh-risk individuals in Spain showed theMediterranean dietary pattern reducedthe incidence of diabetes in the absence ofweight loss by 52% compared to the low-fat control group (133). Look AHEAD(Action for Health in Diabetes) is a largeclinical trial designed to determinewhether long-term weight loss will im-prove glycemia and prevent cardiovascu-

lar events in subjects with type 2 diabetes.One-year results of the intensive lifestyleintervention in this trial show an average8.6% weight loss, significant reduction ofA1C, and reduction in several CVD riskfactors (134), with benefits sustained at 4years (135). When completed, the LookAHEAD study should provide insight intothe effects of long-term weight loss on im-portant clinical outcomes.

The optimal macronutrient distribu-tion of weight loss diets has not been es-tablished. Although low-fat diets havetraditionally been promoted for weightloss, several randomized controlled trialsfound that subjects on low-carbohydratediets (�130 g/day of carbohydrate) lostmore weight at 6 months than subjects onlow-fat diets (136,137); however, at 1year, the difference in weight loss be-tween the low-carbohydrate and low-fatdiets was not significant, and weight losswas modest with both diets. A study com-paring low-fat to low-carbohydrate diets,both combined with a comprehensivelifestyle program, showed the sameamount of weight loss (7%) at 2 years inboth groups (138). Another study of over-weight women randomized to one of fourdiets showed significantly more weightloss at 12 months with the Atkins low-carbohydrate diet than with higher-carbohydrate diets (139). Changes inserum triglyceride and HDL cholesterolwere more favorable with the low-carbohydrate diets. In one study, thosesubjects with type 2 diabetes demon-strated a greater decrease in A1C with alow-carbohydrate diet than with a low-fatdiet (137). A recent meta-analysis showedthat at 6 months, low-carbohydrate dietswere associated with greater improve-ments in triglyceride and HDL cholesterolconcentrations than low-fat diets; how-ever, LDL cholesterol was significantlyhigher on the low-carbohydrate diets(140). In a 2-year dietary interventionstudy, Mediterranean and low-carbohy-drate diets were found to be effective andsafe alternatives to a low-fat diet forweight reduction in moderately obeseparticipants (141).

The RDA for digestible carbohydrateis 130 g/day and is based on providingadequate glucose as the required fuel forthe central nervous system without reli-ance on glucose production from ingestedprotein or fat. Although brain fuel needscan be met on lower-carbohydrate diets,long term metabolic effects of very-low-carbohydrate diets are unclear, and suchdiets eliminate many foods that are im-

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S23

Page 14: Ada2011

portant sources of energy, fiber, vitamins,and minerals and are important in dietarypalatability (142).

Although numerous studies have at-tempted to identify the optimal mix ofmacronutrients for meal plans of peoplewith diabetes, it is unlikely that one suchcombination of macronutrients exists.The best mix of carbohydrate, protein,and fat appears to vary depending on in-dividual circumstances. It must be clearlyrecognized that regardless of the macronu-trient mix, total caloric intake must be ap-propriate to weight management goal.Further, individualization of the macronu-trient composition will depend on the met-abolic status of the patient (e.g., lipidprofile, renal function) and/or food prefer-ences. Plant-based diets (vegan or vegetar-ian) that are well planned and nutritionallyadequate have also been shown to improvemetabolic control (143,144).

The primary goal with respect to di-etary fat in individuals with diabetes is tolimit saturated fatty acids, trans fatty acids,and cholesterol intake so as to reduce riskfor CVD. Saturated and trans fatty acids arethe principal dietary determinants ofplasma LDL cholesterol. There is a lack ofevidence on the effects of specific fatty acidson people with diabetes, so the recom-mended goals are consistent with those forindividuals with CVD (125,145).

Reimbursement for MNTMNT, when delivered by a registered dietitianaccording to nutrition practice guidelines, isreimbursedaspartof theMedicareprogramasoverseen by the Centers for Medicare andMedicaidServices(CMS)(www.cms.hhs.gov/medicalnutritiontherapy).

G. Physical activity

Recommendations● People with diabetes should be advised

to perform at least 150 min/week ofmoderate-intensity aerobic physical ac-tivity (50 –70% of maximum heartrate). (A)

● In the absence of contraindications,people with type 2 diabetes should beencouraged to perform resistance train-ing three times per week. (A)

Exercise is an important part of the diabe-tes management plan. Regular exercisehas been shown to improve blood glucosecontrol, reduce cardiovascular risk fac-tors, contribute to weight loss, and im-prove well-being. Furthermore, regularexercise may prevent type 2 diabetes in

high-risk individuals (13–15). Structuredexercise interventions of at least 8 weeks’duration have been shown to lower A1Cby an average of 0.66% in people withtype 2 diabetes, even with no significantchange in BMI (146). Higher levels of ex-ercise intensity are associated with greaterimprovements in A1C and in fitness(147). A new joint position statement ofthe American Diabetes Association andthe American College of Sports Medicinesummarizes the evidence for the benefitsof exercise in people with type 2 diabetes(148).

Frequency and type of exerciseThe U.S. Department of Health and Hu-man Services’ Physical Activity Guide-lines for Americans (149) suggest thatadults over age 18 years do 150 min/weekof moderate-intensity, or 75 min/week ofvigorous aerobic physical activity, or anequivalent combination of the two. In ad-dition, the guidelines suggest that adultsalso do muscle-strengthening activitiesthat involve all major muscle groups twoor more days per week. The guidelinessuggest that adults over age 65 years, orthose with disabilities, follow the adultguidelines if possible or (if this is not pos-sible) be as physically active as they areable. Studies included in the meta-analysis of effects of exercise interventionson glycemic control (146) had a meannumber of sessions per week of 3.4, witha mean of 49 min/session. The DPP life-style intervention, which included 150min/week of moderate intensity exercise,had a beneficial effect on glycemia inthose with prediabetes. Therefore, itseems reasonable to recommend that peo-ple with diabetes try to follow the physicalactivity guidelines for the general popula-tion.

Progressive resistance exercise im-proves insulin sensitivity in older menwith type 2 diabetes to the same or even agreater extent as aerobic exercise (150).Clinical trials have provided strong evi-dence for the A1C-lowering value of re-sistance training in older adults with type2 diabetes (151,152) and for an additivebenefit of combined aerobic and resis-tance exercise in adults with type 2 diabe-tes (153).

Evaluation of the diabetic patientbefore recommending an exerciseprogramPrior guidelines suggested that before rec-ommending a program of physical activ-ity, the provider should assess patients

with multiple cardiovascular risk factorsfor coronary artery disease (CAD). As dis-cussed more fully in VI.A.5. Coronaryheart disease screening and treatment, thearea of screening asymptomatic diabeticpatients for CAD remains unclear, and arecent ADA consensus statement on thisissue concluded that routine screening isnot recommended (154). Providersshould use clinical judgment in this area.Certainly, high risk patients should be en-couraged to start with short periods oflow intensity exercise and increase the in-tensity and duration slowly.

Providers should assess patients forconditions that might contraindicate cer-tain types of exercise or predispose to in-jury, such as uncontrolled hypertension,severe autonomic neuropathy, severe pe-ripheral neuropathy or history of footlesions, and unstable proliferative reti-nopathy. The patient’s age and previousphysical activity level should be consid-ered.

Exercise in the presence ofnonoptimal glycemic controlHyperglycemia. When people with type1 diabetes are deprived of insulin for12–48 h and are ketotic, exercise canworsen hyperglycemia and ketosis (155);therefore, vigorous activity should beavoided in the presence of ketosis. How-ever, it is not necessary to postpone exer-cise based simply on hyperglycemia,provided the patient feels well and urineand/or blood ketones are negative.Hypoglycemia. In individuals taking in-sulin and/or insulin secretagogues, phys-ical activity can cause hypoglycemia ifmedication dose or carbohydrate con-sumption is not altered. For individualson these therapies, added carbohydrateshould be ingested if pre-exercise glucoselevels are �100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/l). Hy-poglycemia is rare in diabetic individualswho are not treated with insulin or insulinsecretagogues, and no preventive mea-sures for hypoglycemia are usually ad-vised in these cases.

Exercise in the presence of specificlong-term complications of diabetesRetinopathy. In the presence of prolifer-ative diabetic retinopathy (PDR) or severenonproliferative diabetic retinopathy(NPDR), vigorous aerobic or resistanceexercise may be contraindicated becauseof the risk of triggering vitreous hemor-rhage or retinal detachment (156).Peripheral neuropathy. Decreased painsensation in the extremities results in in-

Standards of Medical Care

S24 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 15: Ada2011

creased risk of skin breakdown and infec-tion and of Charcot joint destruction.Prior recommendations have advisednon–weight-bearing exercise for patientswith severe peripheral neuropathy. How-ever, studies have shown that moderate-intensity walking may not lead toincreased risk of foot ulcers or re-ulceration in those with peripheral neu-ropathy (157). All individuals withperipheral neuropathy should wearproper footwear and examine their feetdaily to detect lesions early. Anyone witha foot injury or open sore should be re-stricted to non–weight-bearing activities.Autonomic neuropathy. Autonomic neu-ropathy can increase the risk of exercise-induced injury or adverse event throughdecreased cardiac responsiveness to exer-cise, postural hypotension, impairedthermoregulation, impaired night visiondue to impaired papillary reaction, andunpredictable carbohydrate delivery fromgastroparesis predisposing to hypoglyce-mia (158). Autonomic neuropathy is alsostrongly associated with CVD in peoplewith diabetes (159,160). People with di-abetic autonomic neuropathy should un-dergo cardiac investigation beforebeginning physical activity more intensethan that to which they are accustomed.Albuminuria and nephropathy. Physicalactivity can acutely increase urinary pro-tein excretion. However, there is no evi-dence that vigorous exercise increases therate of progression of diabetic kidney dis-ease, and there is likely no need for anyspecific exercise restrictions for peoplewith diabetic kidney disease (161).

H. Psychosocial assessment and care

Recommendations● Assessment of psychological and social

situation should be included as an on-going part of the medical managementof diabetes. (E)

● Psychosocial screening and follow-upshould include, but is not limited to,attitudes about the illness, expectationsfor medical management and out-comes, affect/mood, general and diabe-tes-related quality of life, resources(financial, social, and emotional), andpsychiatric history. (E)

● Screen for psychosocial problems suchas depression and diabetes-related dis-tress, anxiety, eating disorders, andcognitive impairment when self-management is poor. (C)

Psychological and social problems canimpair the individual’s (162–165) or fam-ily’s ability to carry out diabetes care tasksand therefore compromise health status.There are opportunities for the clinicianto assess psychosocial status in a timelyand efficient manner so that referral forappropriate services can be accom-plished.

Key opportunities for screening ofpsychosocial status occur at diagnosis,during regularly scheduled managementvisits, during hospitalizations, at discov-ery of complications, or when problemswith glucose control, quality of life, or ad-herence are identified. Patients are likelyto exhibit psychological vulnerability atdiagnosis and when their medical statuschanges, e.g., the end of the honeymoonperiod, when the need for intensifiedtreatment is evident, and when complica-tions are discovered (164).

Issues known to impact se l f -management and health outcomes in-clude but are not limited to: attitudesabout the illness, expectations for medicalmanagement and outcomes, affect/mood,general and diabetes-related quality oflife, diabetes-related distress (166), re-sources (financial, social, and emotional)(167), and psychiatric history (168 –170). Screening tools are available for anumber of these areas (105). Indicationsfor referral to a mental health specialistfamiliar with diabetes management mayinclude: gross noncompliance with med-ical regimen (by self or others) (170), de-pression with the possibility of self-harm,debilitating anxiety (alone or with depres-sion), indications of an eating disorder(171), or cognitive functioning thatsignificantly impairs judgment. It ispreferable to incorporate psychologicalassessment and treatment into routinecare rather than waiting for identificationof a specific problem or deterioration inpsychological status (105). Although theclinician may not feel qualified to treatpsychological problems, utilizing the pa-tient-provider relationship as a founda-tion for further treatment can increase thelikelihood that the patient will accept re-ferral for other services. It is important toestablish that emotional well-being is partof diabetes management.

I. When treatment goals are not metFor a variety of reasons, some people withdiabetes and their health care providersdo not achieve the desired goals of treat-ment (Table 10). Re-thinking the treat-ment regimen may require assessment of

barriers including income, health literacy,diabetes distress, depression, and com-peting demands, including those relatedto family responsibilities and dynamics.Other strategies may include culturallyappropriate and enhanced DSME, co-management with a diabetes team, refer-ral to a medical social worker forassistance with insurance coverage, orchange in pharmacological therapy. Initi-ation of or increase in SMBG, utilizationof CGM, frequent contact with the pa-tient, or referral to a mental health profes-sional or physician with special expertisein diabetes may be useful. Providing pa-tients with an algorithm for self-titrationof insulin doses based on SMBG resultsmay be helpful for type 2 patients whotake insulin (172).

J. Hypoglycemia

Recommendations● Glucose (15–20 g) is the preferred

treatment for the conscious individualwith hypoglycemia, although any formof carbohydrate that contains glucosemay be used. If SMBG 15 min aftertreatment shows continued hypoglyce-mia, the treatment should be repeated.Once SMBG glucose returns to normal,the individual should consume a mealor snack to prevent recurrence of hypo-glycemia. (E)

● Glucagon should be prescribed for allindividuals at significant risk of severehypoglycemia, and caregivers or familymembers of these individuals should beinstructed in its administration. Gluca-gon administration is not limited tohealth care professionals. (E)

● Individuals with hypoglycemia un-awareness or one or more episodes ofsevere hypoglycemia should be advisedto raise their glycemic targets to strictlyavoid further hypoglycemia for at leastseveral weeks, to partially reverse hypo-glycemia unawareness and reduce riskof future episodes. (B)

Hypoglycemia is the leading limiting fac-tor in the glycemic management of type 1and insulin-treated type 2 diabetes (173).Mild hypoglycemia may be inconvenientor frightening to patients with diabetes,and more severe hypoglycemia can causeacute harm to the person with diabetes orothers, if it causes falls, motor vehicle ac-cidents, or other injury. A large cohortstudy suggested that among older adultswith type 2 diabetes, a history of severehypoglycemia was associated with greater

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S25

Page 16: Ada2011

risk of dementia (174). Conversely, evi-dence from the DCCT/EDIC trial, whichinvolved younger type 1 patients, sug-gested no association of frequency of se-vere hypoglycemia with cognitive decline(175). Treatment of hypoglycemia(plasma glucose �70 mg/dl) requires in-gestion of glucose- or carbohydrate-containing foods. The acute glycemicresponse correlates better with the glu-cose content than with the carbohydratecontent of the food. Although pure glu-cose is the preferred treatment, any formof carbohydrate that contains glucose willraise blood glucose. Added fat may retardand then prolong the acute glycemic re-sponse. Ongoing activity of insulin or in-sul in secretagogues may lead torecurrence of hypoglycemia unless fur-ther food is ingested after recovery.

Severe hypoglycemia (where the indi-vidual requires the assistance of anotherperson and cannot be treated with oralcarbohydrate due to confusion or uncon-sciousness) should be treated using emer-gency glucagon kits, which require aprescription. Those in close contact with,or having custodial care of, people withhypoglycemia-prone diabetes (familymembers, roommates, school personnel,child care providers, correctional institu-tion staff, or coworkers), should be in-structed in use of such kits. An individualdoes not need to be a health care profes-sional to safely administer glucagon. Careshould be taken to ensure that unexpiredglucagon kits are available.

Prevention of hypoglycemia is a crit-ical component of diabetes management.Teaching people with diabetes to balanceinsulin use, carbohydrate intake, and ex-ercise is a necessary but not always suffi-cient strategy. In type 1 diabetes andseverely insulin-deficient type 2 diabetes,the syndrome of hypoglycemia unaware-ness, or hypoglycemia-associated auto-nomic failure, can severely compromisestringent diabetes control and quality oflife. The deficient counterregulatory hor-mone release and autonomic responses inthis syndrome are both risk factors for,and caused by, hypoglycemia. A corollaryto this “vicious cycle” is that several weeksof avoidance of hypoglycemia has beendemonstrated to improve counterregula-tion and awareness to some extent inmany patients (176). Hence, patients withone or more episodes of severe hypogly-cemia may benefit from at least short-term relaxation of glycemic targets.

K. Intercurrent illnessThe stress of illness, trauma, and/or sur-gery frequently aggravates glycemic con-trol and may precipitate diabeticketoacidosis (DKA) or nonketotic hyper-osmolar state, life-threatening conditionsthat require immediate medical care toprevent complications and death. Anycondition leading to deterioration in gly-cemic control necessitates more frequentmonitoring of blood glucose and (in ke-tosis-prone patients) urine or blood ke-tones. Marked hyperglycemia requirestemporary adjustment of the treatmentprogram and, if accompanied by ketosis,vomiting, or alteration in level of con-sciousness, immediate interaction withthe diabetes care team. The patient treatedwith noninsulin therapies or MNT alonemay temporarily require insulin. Ade-quate fluid and caloric intake must be as-sured. Infection or dehydration are morelikely to necessitate hospitalization of theperson with diabetes than the personwithout diabetes.

The hospitalized patient should betreated by a physician with expertise inthe management of diabetes. For furtherinformation on management of patientswith hyperglycemia in the hospital, seeVIII.A. Diabetes care in the hospital. Forfurther information on management ofDKA or nonketotic hyperosmolar state,refer to the ADA consensus statement onhyperglycemic crises (172).

L. Bariatric surgery

Recommendations● Bariatric surgery may be considered for

adults with BMI �35 kg/m2 and type 2diabetes, especially if the diabetes or as-sociated comorbidities are difficult tocontrol with lifestyle and pharmaco-logic therapy. (B)

● Patients with type 2 diabetes who haveundergone bariatric surgery need life-long lifestyle support and medicalmonitoring. (E)

● Although small trials have shown gly-cemic benefit of bariatric surgery in pa-tients with type 2 diabetes and BMI of30–35 kg/m2, there is currently insuf-ficient evidence to generally recom-mend surgery in patients with BMI �35kg/m2 outside of a research protocol.(E)

● The long- t e rm benefit s , cos t -effectiveness, and risks of bariatric sur-gery in individuals with type 2 diabetesshould be studied in well-designedcontrolled trials with optimal medical

and lifestyle therapy as the comparator.(E)

Gastric reduction surgery, either gastricbanding or procedures that involve by-passing, transposing, or resecting sectionsof the small intestine, when part of a com-prehensive team approach, can be an ef-fective weight loss treatment for severeobesity, and national guidelines supportits consideration for people with type 2diabetes who have BMI exceeding 35 kg/m2. Bariatric surgery has been shown tolead to near- or complete normalization ofglycemia in �55–95% of patients withtype 2 diabetes, depending on the surgicalprocedure. A meta-analysis of studies ofbariatric surgery involving 3,188 patientswith diabetes reported that 78% had re-mission of diabetes (normalization ofblood glucose levels in the absence ofmedications), and that the remission rateswere sustained in studies that had fol-low-up exceeding 2 years (177). Remis-sion rates tend to be lower withprocedures that only constrict the stom-ach, and higher with those that bypassportions of the small intestine. Addition-ally, there is a suggestion that intestinalbypass procedures may have glycemic ef-fects that are independent of their effectson weight, perhaps involving the incretinaxis.

One randomized controlled trialcompared adjustable gastric banding to“best available” medical and lifestyle ther-apy in subjects with type 2 diabetes diag-nosed less than 2 years be forerandomization and BMI 30 – 40 kg/m2

(178). In this trial, 73% of surgicallytreated patients achieved “remission” oftheir diabetes, compared with 13% ofthose treated medically. The latter grouplost only 1.7% of body weight, suggestingthat their therapy was not optimal. Over-all the trial had 60 subjects, and only 13had a BMI under 35 kg/m2, making it dif-ficult to generalize these results widely todiabetic patients who are less severelyobese or with longer duration of diabetes.In a more recent study involving 110 pa-tients with type 2 diabetes and a meanBMI of 47 kg/m2, Roux-en-Y gastric by-pass resulted in a mean loss of excessweight of 63% at 1 year and 84% at 2years (179).

Bariatric surgery is costly in the shortterm and has some risks. Rates of morbid-ity and mortality directly related to thesurgery have been reduced considerablyin recent years, with 30-day mortalityrates now 0.28%, similar to those of lapa-

Standards of Medical Care

S26 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 17: Ada2011

roscopic cholecystectomy (180). Longer-term concerns include vitamin andmineral deficiencies, osteoporosis, andrare but often severe hypoglycemia frominsulin hypersecretion. Cohort studies at-tempting to match subjects suggest thatthe procedure may reduce longer-termmortality rates (181), and it is reasonableto postulate that there may be recoupingof costs over the long run. Recent retro-spective analyses and modeling studiessuggest that these procedures may be costeffective, when one considers reductionin subsequent health care costs (182–184). However, studies of the mecha-nisms of glycemic improvement andlong-term benefits and risks of bariatricsurgery in individuals with type 2 diabe-tes, especially those who are not severelyobese, will require well-designed clinicaltrials, with optimal medical and lifestyletherapy of diabetes and cardiovascularrisk factors as the comparator.

M. Immunization

Recommendations● Annually provide an influenza vaccine

to all diabetic patients at least 6 monthsof age. (C)

● Administer pneumococcal polysaccha-ride vaccine to all diabetic patients �2years of age. A one-time revaccination isrecommended for individuals �64years of age previously immunizedwhen they were �65 years of age if thevaccine was administered �5 yearsago. Other indications for repeat vacci-nation include nephrotic syndrome,chronic renal disease, and other immu-nocompromised states, such as aftertransplantation. (C)

Influenza and pneumonia are common,preventable infectious diseases associatedwith high mortality and morbidity in theelderly and in people with chronic dis-eases. Though there are limited studiesreporting the morbidity and mortality ofinfluenza and pneumococcal pneumoniaspecifically in people with diabetes, ob-servational studies of patients with a vari-ety of chronic illnesses, includingdiabetes, show that these conditions areassociated with an increase in hospitaliza-tions for influenza and its complications.People with diabetes may be at increasedrisk of the bacteremic form of pneumo-coccal infection and have been reportedto have a high risk of nosocomial bactere-mia, which has a mortality rate as high as50% (185).

Safe and effective vaccines are avail-able that can greatly reduce the risk ofserious complications from these diseases(186,187). In a case-control series, influ-enza vaccine was shown to reduce diabe-tes-related hospital admission by as muchas 79% during flu epidemics (186). Thereis sufficient evidence to support that peo-ple with diabetes have appropriate sero-logic and clinical responses to thesevaccinations. The Centers for DiseaseControl and Prevention (CDC) AdvisoryCommittee on Immunization Practicesrecommends influenza and pneumococ-cal vaccines for all individuals with diabe-tes (http://www.cdc.gov/vaccines/recs/).

VI. PREVENTION ANDMANAGEMENT OFDIABETES COMPLICATIONS

A. CVDCVD is the major cause of morbidity andmortality for individuals with diabetes,and the largest contributor to the directand indirect costs of diabetes. The com-mon conditions coexisting with type 2diabetes (e.g., hypertension and dyslipi-demia) are clear risk factors for CVD, anddiabetes itself confers independent risk.Numerous studies have shown the effi-cacy of controlling individual cardiovas-cular risk factors in preventing or slowingCVD in people with diabetes. Large ben-efits are seen when multiple risk factorsare addressed globally (188,189). Risk forcoronary heart disease (CHD) and forCVD in general can be estimated usingmultivariable risk factor approaches, andsuch a strategy may be desirable to under-take in adult patients prior to institutingpreventive therapy.

1. Hypertension/blood pressurecontrol

Recommendations

Screening and diagnosis● Blood pressure should be measured at

every routine diabetes visit. Patientsfound to have systolic blood pressure�130 mmHg or diastolic blood pres-sure �80 mmHg should have bloodpressure confirmed on a separate day.Repeat systolic blood pressure �130mmHg or diastolic blood pressure �80mmHg confirms a diagnosis of hyper-tension. (C)

Goals● A goal systolic blood pressure �130

mmHg is appropriate for most patientswith diabetes. (C)

● Based on patient characteristics and re-sponse to therapy, higher or lower sys-tolic blood pressure targets may beappropriate. (B)

● Patients with diabetes should be treatedto a diastolic blood pressure �80mmHg. (B)

Treatment● Patients with a systolic blood pressure

of 130–139 mmHg or a diastolic bloodpressure of 80–89 mmHg may be givenlifestyle therapy alone for a maximumof 3 months and then, if targets are notachieved, be treated with addition ofpharmacological agents. (E)

● Patients with more severe hypertension(systolic blood pressure �140 or dia-stolic blood pressure �90 mmHg) atdiagnosis or follow-up should receivepharmacologic therapy in addition tolifestyle therapy. (A)

● Lifestyle therapy for hypertension con-sists of: weight loss, if overweight; Di-etary Approaches to Stop Hypertension(DASH)-style dietary pattern includingreducing sodium and increasing potas-sium intake; moderation of alcohol in-take; and increased physical activity.(B)

● Pharmacologic therapy for patientswith diabetes and hypertension shouldbe with a regimen that includes eitheran ACE inhibitor or an ARB. If one classis not tolerated, the other should besubstituted. If needed to achieve bloodpressure targets, a thiazide diureticshould be added to those with an esti-mated GFR (eGFR) (see below) �30ml/min/1.73 m2 and a loop diuretic forthose with an eGFR �30 ml/min/1.73m2. (C)

● Multiple drug therapy (two or moreagents at maximal doses) is generallyrequired to achieve blood pressure tar-gets. (B)

● If ACE inhibitors, ARBs, or diuretics areused, kidney function and serum potas-sium levels should be monitored. (E)

● In pregnant patients with diabetes andchronic hypertension, blood pressuretarget goals of 110–129/65–79 mmHgare suggested in the interest of long-term maternal health and minimizingimpaired fetal growth. ACE inhibitorsand ARBs are contraindicated duringpregnancy. (E)

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S27

Page 18: Ada2011

Hypertension is a common comorbidityof diabetes, affecting the majority of pa-tients, with prevalence depending on typeof diabetes, age, obesity, and ethnicity.Hypertension is a major risk factor forboth CVD and microvascular complica-tions. In type 1 diabetes, hypertension isoften the result of underlying nephropa-thy, while in type 2 diabetes it usuallycoexists with other cardiometabolic riskfactors.

Screening and diagnosisMeasurement of blood pressure in the of-fice should be done by a trained individ-ual and should follow the guidelinesestablished for nondiabetic individuals:measurement in the seated position, withfeet on the floor and arm supported atheart level, after 5 min of rest. Cuff sizeshould be appropriate for the upper armcircumference. Elevated values should beconfirmed on a separate day. Because ofthe clear synergistic risks of hypertensionand diabetes, the diagnostic cut-off for adiagnosis of hypertension is lower in peo-ple with diabetes (blood pressure �130/80) than those without diabetes (bloodpressure 140/90 mmHg) (190).

Home blood pressure self-monitoringand 24-h ambulatory blood pressuremonitoring may provide additional evi-dence of “white coat” and masked hyper-tension and other discrepancies betweenoffice and “true” blood pressure, and instudies in nondiabetic populations, homemeasurements may better correlate withCVD risk than office measurements(191,192). However, the preponderanceof the clear evidence of benefits of treat-ment of hypertension in people with dia-betes is based on office measurements.

Treatment goalsEpidemiologic analyses show that bloodpressure values �115/75 mmHg are asso-ciated with increased cardiovascularevent rates and mortality in individualswith diabetes (190,193,194). Random-ized clinical trials have demonstrated thebenefit (reduction in CHD events, stroke,and nephropathy) of lowering bloodpressure to �140 mmHg systolic and�80 mmHg diastolic in individuals withdiabetes (190,195–197). The ACCORDtrial examined whether lowering bloodpressure to a systolic �120 mmHg pro-vides greater cardiovascular protectionthan a systolic blood pressure level of130–140 mmHg in patients with type 2diabetes at high risk for CVD (198). Theblood pressure achieved was 119/64

mmHg in the intensive group and 133/70mmHg in the standard group; the differ-ence achieved was attained with an aver-age of 3.4 medications per participant inthe intensive group and 2.1 in the stan-dard therapy group. The primary out-come was a composite of nonfatal MI,nonfatal stroke, and CVD death; the haz-ard ratio for the primary end point in theintensive group was 0.88 (95% CI 0.73–1.06; P � 0.20). Of the prespecified sec-ondary end points, only stroke andnonfatal stroke were statistically signifi-cantly reduced by intensive blood pres-sure treatment, with a hazard ratio of 0.59(95% CI 0.39–0.89, P � 0.01) and 0.63(95% CI 0.41–0.96, P � 0.03), respec-tively. If this finding is real, the numberneeded to treat to prevent one stroke overthe course of 5 years with intensive bloodpressure management is 89.

In predefined subgroup analyses,there was a suggestion of heterogeneity(P � 0.08) based on whether participantswere randomized to standard or intensiveglycemia intervention. In those random-ized to standard glycemic control, theevent rate for the primary end point was1.89 per year in the intensive blood pres-sure arm and 2.47 in the standard bloodpressure arm, while the respective rates inthe intensive glycemia arm were 1.85 and1.73. If this observation is true, it suggeststhat intensive management to a systolicblood pressure target of �120 mmHgmay be of benefit in those who are nottargeting an A1C of �6% and/or that thebenefit of intensive blood pressure man-agement is diminished by more intensiveglycemia management targeting an A1Cof �6%.

Other recent randomized trial datainclude those from ADVANCE, in whichtreatment with an angiotensin-convertingenzyme inhibitor and a thiazide-type di-uretic reduced the rate of death but notthe composite macrovascular outcome.However, the ADVANCE trial had nospecified targets for the randomized com-parison, and the mean systolic bloodpressure in the intensive group (135mmHg) was not as low as the mean sys-tolic blood pressure in the ACCORD stan-dard therapy group (199). A post hocanalysis of blood pressure control in6,400 patients with diabetes and CADenrolled in the International Verapamil-Trandolapril (INVEST) trial demonstratedthat “tight control” (�130 mmHg) wasnot associated with improved CV out-comes compared with “usual care” (130–140 mmHg) (200).

Only the ACCORD blood pressuretrial formally has examined treatment tar-gets �130 mmHg in diabetes. It is possi-ble that lowering systolic blood pressurefrom the low-130s to less than 120 mmHgdoes not further reduce coronary eventsor death, and that most of the benefit fromlowering blood pressure is achieved bytargeting a goal of �140 mmHg. How-ever, this has not been formally assessed.

The absence of significant harm, thetrends toward benefit in stroke, and thepotential heterogeneity with respect to in-tensive glycemia management suggeststhat previously recommended targets arereasonable pending further analyses andresults. Systolic blood pressure targetsmore or less stringent than �130 mmHgmay be appropriate for individual pa-tients, based on response to therapy,medication tolerance, and individualcharacteristics, keeping in mind that mostanalyses have suggested that outcomesare worse if the systolic blood pressure is�140 mmHg.

Treatment strategiesAlthough there are no well-controlledstudies of diet and exercise in the treat-ment of hypertension in individuals withdiabetes, the Dietary Approaches toStop Hypertension (DASH) study innondiabetic individuals has shown anti-hypertensive effects similar to pharmaco-logic monotherapy. Lifestyle therapyconsists of reducing sodium intake (to�1,500 mg/day) and excess body weight;increasing consumption of fruits, vegeta-bles (8 –10 servings/day), and low-fatdairy products (2–3 servings/day); avoid-ing excessive alcohol consumption (nomore than 2 servings/day in men and nomore than 1 serving/day in women)(201); and increasing activity levels(190). These nonpharmacological strate-gies may also positively affect glycemiaand lipid control. Their effects on cardio-vascular events have not been established.An initial trial of nonpharmacologic ther-apy may be reasonable in diabetic individ-uals with mild hypertension (systolicblood pressure 130–139 mmHg or dia-stolic blood pressure 80–89 mmHg). Ifsystolic blood pressure is �140 mmHgand/or diastolic is �90 mmHg at the timeof diagnosis, pharmacologic therapyshould be initiated along with nonphar-macologic therapy (190).

Lowering of blood pressure with reg-imens based on a variety of antihyperten-sive drugs, including ACE inhibitors,ARBs, �-blockers, diuretics, and calcium

Standards of Medical Care

S28 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 19: Ada2011

channel blockers, has been shown to beeffective in reducing cardiovascularevents. Several studies suggested thatACE inhibitors may be superior to dihy-dropyridine calcium channel blockers inreducing cardiovascular events (202–204). However, a variety of other studieshave shown no specific advantage to ACEinhibitors as initial treatment of hyperten-sion in the general hypertensive popula-tion, but rather an advantage oncardiovascular outcomes of initial therapywith low-dose thiazide diuret ics(190,205,206).

In people with diabetes, inhibitors ofthe renin-angiotensin system (RAS) mayhave unique advantages for initial or earlytherapy of hypertension. In a nonhyper-tension trial of high-risk individuals, in-cluding a large subset with diabetes, anACE inhibitor reduced CVD outcomes(207). In patients with congestive heartfailure (CHF), including diabetic sub-groups, ARBs have been shown to reducemajor CVD outcomes (208–211), and intype 2 patients with significant nephrop-athy, ARBs were superior to calciumchannel blockers for reducing heart fail-ure (212). Though evidence for distinctadvantages of RAS inhibitors on CVD out-comes in diabetes remains conflicting(195,206), the high CVD risks associatedwith diabetes, and the high prevalence ofundiagnosed CVD, may still favor recom-mendations for their use as first-line hy-pertension therapy in people withdiabetes (190). Recently, the blood pres-sure arm of the ADVANCE trial demon-strated that routine administration of afixed combination of the ACE inhibitorperindopril and the diuretic indapamidesignificantly reduced combined micro-vascular and macrovascular outcomes, aswell as CVD and total mortality. The im-proved outcomes could also have beendue to lower achieved blood pressure inthe perindopril-indapamide arm (199).In addition, the Avoiding CardiovascularEvents through Combination Therapy inPatients Living with Systolic Hyperten-sion (ACCOMPLISH) trial showed a de-crease in morbidity and mortality in thosereceiving benazapril and amlodipine ver-sus benazapril and hydrochlorothiazide.The compelling benefits of RAS inhibitorsin diabetic patients with albuminuria orrenal insufficiency provide additional ra-tionale for use of these agents (see VI.B.Nephropathy screening and treatment).

An important caveat is that most pa-tients with hypertension require multi-drug therapy to reach treatment goals,

especially diabetic patients whose targetsare lower. Many patients will requirethree or more drugs to reach target goals(190). If blood pressure is refractory tooptimal doses of at least three antihyper-tensive agents of different classifications,one of which should be a diuretic, clini-cians should consider an evaluation forsecondary forms of hypertension.

During pregnancy in diabetic womenwith chronic hypertension, target bloodpressure goals of systolic blood pressure110 –129 mmHg and diastolic bloodpressure 65–79 mmHg are reasonable, asthey contribute to long-term maternalhealth. Lower blood pressure levels maybe associated with impaired fetal growth.During pregnancy, treatment with ACEinhibitors and ARBs is contraindicated,since they can cause fetal damage. Anti-hypertensive drugs known to be effectiveand safe in pregnancy include methyl-dopa, labetalol, diltiazem, clonidine, andprazosin. Chronic diuretic use duringpregnancy has been associated with re-stricted maternal plasma volume, whichmight reduce uteroplacental perfusion(213).

2. Dyslipidemia/lipid management

Recommendations

Screening● In most adult patients, measure fasting

lipid profile at least annually. In adultswith low-risk lipid values (LDL choles-terol �100 mg/dl, HDL cholesterol�50 mg/dl, and triglycerides �150mg/dl), lipid assessments may be re-peated every 2 years. (E)

Treatment recommendations andgoals● Lifestyle modification focusing on the

reduction of saturated fat, trans fat, andcholesterol intake; increase of omega-3fatty acids, viscous fiber, and plantstanols/sterols; weight loss (if indi-cated); and increased physical activityshould be recommended to improvethe lipid profile in patients with diabe-tes. (A)

● Statin therapy should be added to life-style therapy, regardless of baselinelipid levels, for diabetic patients:● with overt CVD. (A)● without CVD who are over age 40

years and have one or more otherCVD risk factors. (A)

● For patients at lower risk than above(e.g., without overt CVD and under age

40 years), statin therapy should be con-sidered in addition to lifestyle therapy ifLDL cholesterol remains above 100mg/dl or in those with multiple CVDrisk factors. (E)

● In individuals without overt CVD, theprimary goal is an LDL cholesterol�100 mg/dl (2.6 mmol/l). (A)

● In individuals with overt CVD, a lowerLDL cholesterol goal of �70 mg/dl (1.8mmol/l), using a high dose of a statin, isan option. (B)

● If drug-treated patients do not reach theabove targets on maximal tolerated sta-tin therapy, a reduction in LDL choles-terol of �30–40% from baseline is analternative therapeutic goal. (A)

● Triglyceride levels �150 mg/dl (1.7mmol/l) and HDL cholesterol �40mg/dl (1.0 mmol/l) in men and �50mg/dl (1.3 mmol/l) in women, are de-sirable. However, LDL cholesterol–targeted statin therapy remains thepreferred strategy. (C)

● If targets are not reached on maximallytolerated doses of statins, combinationtherapy using statins and other lipid-lowering agents may be considered toachieve lipid targets but has not beenevaluated in outcome studies for eitherCVD outcomes or safety. (E)

● Statin therapy is contraindicated inpregnancy. (E)

Evidence for benefits of lipid-lowering therapyPatients with type 2 diabetes have an in-creased prevalence of lipid abnormalities,contributing to their high risk of CVD.For the past decade or more, multipleclinical trials demonstrated significant ef-fects of pharmacologic (primarily statin)therapy on CVD outcomes in subjectswith CHD and for primary CVD preven-tion (214). Sub-analyses of diabetic sub-groups of larger trials (215–219) andtrials specifically in subjects with diabetes(220,221) showed significant primaryand secondary prevention of CVDevents � CHD deaths in diabetic popula-tions. As shown in Table 11, and similarto findings in nondiabetic subjects, re-duction in “hard” CVD outcomes (CHDdeath and nonfatal MI) can be moreclearly seen in diabetic subjects with highbaseline CVD risk (known CVD and/orvery high LDL cholesterol levels), butoverall the benefits of statin therapy inpeople with diabetes at moderate or highrisk for CVD are convincing.

Low levels of HDL cholesterol, oftenassociated with elevated triglyceride lev-

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S29

Page 20: Ada2011

els, are the most prevalent pattern of dys-lipidemia in persons with type 2 diabetes.However, the evidence base for drugs thattarget these lipid fractions is significantlyless robust than that for statin therapy(222). Nicotinic acid has been shown toreduce CVD outcomes (223), althoughthe study was done in a nondiabetic co-hort. Gemfibrozil has been shown to de-crease rates of CVD events in subjectswithout diabetes (224,225) and in the di-abetic subgroup in one of the larger trials(224). However, in a large trial specific todiabetic patients, fenofibrate failed to re-duce overall cardiovascular outcomes(226).

Dyslipidemia treatment and targetlipid levelsFor most patients with diabetes, the firstpriority of dyslipidemia therapy (unlesssevere hypertriglyceridemia is the imme-diate issue) is to lower LDL cholesterol toa target goal of �100 mg/dl (2.60 mmol/l)(227). Lifestyle intervention, includingMNT, increased physical activity, weightloss, and smoking cessation, may allowsome patients to reach lipid goals. Nutri-tion intervention should be tailored ac-cording to each patient’s age, type ofdiabetes, pharmacological treatment,lipid levels, and other medical conditionsand should focus on the reduction of sat-

urated fat, cholesterol, and trans unsatur-ated fat intake and increases in omega-3fatty acids, viscous fiber (such as in oats,legumes, citrus), and plant stanols/sterols. Glycemic control can also benefi-cially modify plasma lipid levels,particularly in patients with very hightriglycerides and poor glycemic control.

In those with clinical CVD or over age40 years with other CVD risk factors,pharmacological treatment should beadded to lifestyle therapy regardless ofbaseline lipid levels. Statins are the drugsof choice for LDL cholesterol lowering.

In patients other than those describedabove, statin treatment should be consid-ered if there is an inadequate LDL choles-terol response to lifestyle modificationsand improved glucose control, or if thepatient has increased cardiovascular risk(e.g., multiple cardiovascular risk factorsor long duration of diabetes). Very littleclinical trial evidence exists for type 2 di-abetic patients under age 40 years or fortype 1 patients of any age. In the HeartProtection Study (lower age limit 40years), the subgroup of 600 patients withtype 1 diabetes had a proportionately sim-ilar reduction in risk as patients with type2 diabetes, although not statistically sig-nificant (216). Although the data are notdefinitive, consideration should be givento similar lipid-lowering goals in type 1

diabetic patients as in type 2 diabetic pa-tients, particularly if they have other car-diovascular risk factors.

Alternative LDL cholesterol goalsVirtually all trials of statins and CVD out-comes tested specific doses of statinsagainst placebo, other doses of statin, orother statins, rather than aiming for spe-cific LDL cholesterol goals (228). As canbe seen in Table 11, placebo-controlledtrials generally achieved LDL cholesterolreductions of 30 – 40% from baseline.Hence, LDL cholesterol lowering of thismagnitude is an acceptable outcome forpatients who cannot reach LDL choles-terol goals due to severe baseline eleva-t ions in LDL choles tero l and/orintolerance of maximal, or any, statindoses. Additionally for those with base-line LDL cholesterol minimally above 100mg/dl, prescribing statin therapy to lowerLDL cholesterol about 30 – 40% frombaseline is probably more effective thanprescribing just enough to get LDL cho-lesterol slightly below 100 mg/dl.

Recent clinical trials in high-risk pa-tients, such as those with acute coronarysyndromes or previous cardiovascularevents (229 –231), have demonstratedthat more aggressive therapy with highdoses of statins to achieve an LDL choles-terol of �70 mg/dl led to a significant re-

Table 11—Reduction in 10-year risk of major CVD endpoints (CHD death/non-fatal MI) in major statin trials, or substudies of major trials,in diabetic subjects (n � 16,032)

Study (ref.) CVDStatin dose and

comparatorRisk

reduction (%)Relative risk

reduction (%)Absolute riskreduction (%)

LDL cholesterolreduction (mg/dl)

LDL cholesterolreduction (%)

4S-DM (215) 2° Simvastatin 20–40 mgvs. placebo

85.7 to 43.2 50 42.5 186 to 119 36

ASPEN 2° (220) 2° Atorvastatin 10 mg vs.placebo

39.5 to 24.5 34 15 112 to 79 29

HPS-DM (216) 2° Simvastatin 40 mg vs.placebo

43.8 to 36.3 17 7.5 123 to 84 31

CARE-DM (217) 2° Pravastatin 40 mg vs.placebo

40.8 to 35.4 13 5.4 136 to 99 27

TNT-DM (218) 2° Atorvastatin 80 mg vs.10 mg

26.3 to 21.6 18 4.7 99 to 77 22

HPS-DM (216) 1° Simvastatin 40 mg vs.placebo

17.5 to 11.5 34 6.0 124 to 86 31

CARDS (221) 1° Atorvastatin 10 mg vs.placebo

11.5 to 7.5 35 4 118 to 71 40

ASPEN 1° (220) 1° Atorvastatin 10 mg vs.placebo

9.8 to 7.9 19 1.9 114 to 80 30

ASCOT-DM (219) 1° Atorvastatin 10 mg vs.placebo

11.1 to 10.2 8 0.9 125 to 82 34

Studies were of differing lengths (3.3–5.4 years) and used somewhat different outcomes, but all reported rates of CVD death and nonfatal MI. In this tabulation,results of the statin on 10-year risk of major CVD endpoints (CHD death/nonfatal MI) are listed for comparison between studies. Correlation between 10-year CVDrisk of the control group and the absolute risk reduction with statin therapy is highly significant (P � 0.0007). Analyses provided by Craig Williams, PharmD, OregonHealth & Science University, 2007.

Standards of Medical Care

S30 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 21: Ada2011

duction in further events. Therefore, areduction in LDL cholesterol to a goal of�70 mg/dl is an option in very-high-riskdiabetic patients with overt CVD (232).

In individual patients, LDL choles-terol lowering with statins is highly vari-able, and this variable response is poorlyunderstood (233). Reduction of CVDevents with statins correlates very closelywith LDL cholesterol lowering (214).When maximally tolerated doses of st-atins fail to significantly lower LDL cho-lesterol (�30% reduction from patientsbaseline), the primary aim of combinationtherapy should be to achieve additionalLDL cholesterol lowering. Niacin, fenofi-brate, ezetimibe, and bile acid seques-trants all offer additional LDL cholesterollowering. The evidence that combinationtherapy provides a significant incrementin CVD risk reduction over statin therapyalone is still elusive.

In 2008, a consensus panel convenedby the American Diabetes Association andthe American College of Cardiology rec-ommended a greater focus on non-HDLcholesterol and apo lipoprotein B (apo B)in patients who are likely to have smallLDL particles, such as people with diabe-tes (234). The consensus panel suggestedthat for statin-treated patients in whomthe LDL cholesterol goal would be �70mg/dl (non-HDL cholesterol �100 mg/dl), apo B should be measured and treatedto �80 mg/dl. For patients on statins withan LDL cholesterol goal of �100 mg/dl(non-HDL cholesterol �130 mg/dl), apoB should be measured and treated to �90mg/dl.

Treatment of other lipoproteinfractions or targetsSevere hypertriglyceridemia may warrantimmediate therapy of this abnormalitywith lifestyle and usually pharmacologictherapy (fibric acid derivative, niacin, orfish oil) to reduce the risk of acute pan-creatitis. In the absence of severe hyper-triglyceridemia, therapy targeting HDLcholesterol or triglycerides has intuitiveappeal but lacks the evidence base of sta-tin therapy. If the HDL cholesterol is �40mg/dl and the LDL cholesterol between100 and 129 mg/dl, gemfibrozil or niacinmight be used, especially if a patient isintolerant to statins. Niacin is the mosteffective drug for raising HDL cholesterol.It can significantly increase blood glucoseat high doses, but recent studies demon-strate that at modest doses (750–2,000mg/day), significant improvements inLDL cholesterol, HDL cholesterol, and

triglyceride levels are accompanied byonly modest changes in glucose that aregenerally amenable to adjustment of dia-betes therapy (235,236).

Combination therapyCombination therapy, with a statin and afibrate or statin and niacin, may be effica-cious for treatment for all three lipid frac-tions, but this combination is associatedwith an increased risk for abnormaltransaminase levels, myositis, or rhabdo-myolysis. The risk of rhabdomyolysis ishigher with higher doses of statins andwith renal insufficiency and seems to belower when statins are combined with fe-nofibrate than gemfibrozil (237). In therecent ACCORD study, the combinationof fenofibrate and simvastatin did not re-duce the rate of fatal cardiovascularevents, nonfatal myocardial infarction, ornonfatal stroke, as compared with simva-statin alone, in patients with type 2 dia-betes who were at high risk for CVD.However, prespecified subgroup analysessuggested heterogeneity in treatment ef-fects according to sex, with a benefit formen and possible harm for women, and apossible benefit of combination therapyfor patients with both triglyceride level�204 mg/dl and HDL cholesterol level�34 mg/dl (238). Other ongoing trialsmay provide much-needed evidence forthe effects of combination therapy on car-diovascular outcomes.

Table 12 summarizes common treatmentgoals for A1C, blood pressure, and HDLcholesterol.

3. Antiplatelet agents

Recommendations● Consider aspirin therapy (75–162 mg/

day) as a primary prevention strategy inthose with type 1 or type 2 diabetes atincreased cardiovascular risk (10-yearrisk �10%). This includes most men�50 years of age or women �60 yearsof age who have at least one additionalmajor risk factor (family history ofCVD, hypertension, smoking, dyslipi-demia, or albuminuria). (C)

● Aspirin should not be recommendedfor CVD prevention for adults with di-abetes at low CVD risk (10-year CVDrisk �5%, such as in men �50 andwomen �60 years of age with no majoradditional CVD risk factors), since thepotential adverse effects from bleedinglikely offset the potential benefits. (C)

● In patients in these age-groups with

multiple other risk factors (e.g., 10-yearrisk 5–10%), clinical judgment is re-quired. (E)

● Use aspirin therapy (75–162 mg/day)as a secondary prevention strategy inthose with diabetes with a history ofCVD. (A)

● For patients with CVD and docu-mented aspirin allergy, clopidogrel (75mg/day) should be used. (B)

● Combination therapy with ASA (75–162 mg/day) and clopidogrel (75 mg/day) is reasonable for up to a year afteran acute coronary syndrome. (B)

ADA and the American Heart Association(AHA) have, in the past, jointly recom-mended that low-dose aspirin therapy beused as a primary prevention strategy inthose with diabetes at increased cardio-vascular risk, including those who areover 40 years of age or those with addi-tional risk factors (family history of CVD,hypertension, smoking, dyslipidemia, oralbuminuria) (188). These recommenda-tions were derived from several older tri-als that included small numbers ofpatients with diabetes.

Aspirin has been shown to be effec-tive in reducing cardiovascular morbidityand mortality in high-risk patients withprevious myocardial infarction or stroke(secondary prevention). Its net benefit inprimary prevention among patients withno previous cardiovascular events is morecontroversial, both for patients with andwithout a history of diabetes (239). Tworecent randomized controlled trials of as-pirin specifically in patients with diabetesfailed to show a significant reduction inCVD end points, raising further questionsabout the efficacy of aspirin for primary

Table 12—Summary of recommendationsfor glycemic blood pressure and lipid controlfor most adults with diabetes

A1C �7.0%*Blood pressure �130/80 mmHg†Lipids

LDL cholesterol �100 mg/dl(�2.6 mmol/l)‡

*More or less stringent glycemic goals may be ap-propriate for individual patients. Goals should beindividualized based on: duration of diabetes, age/life expectancy, comorbid conditions, known CVDor advanced microvascular complications, hypogly-cemia unawareness, and individual patient consid-erations. †Based on patient characteristics andresponse to therapy, higher or lower systolic bloodpressure targets may be appropriate. ‡In individualswith overt CVD, a lower LDL cholesterol goal of�70 mg/dl (1.8 mmol/l), using a high dose of astatin, is an option.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S31

Page 22: Ada2011

prevention in people with diabetes(240,241).

The Anti-thrombotic Trialists’ (ATT)collaborators recently published an indi-vidual patient-level meta-analysis of thesix large trials of aspirin for primary pre-vention in the general population. Thesetrials collectively enrolled over 95,000participants, including almost 4,000 withdiabetes. Overall, they found that aspirinreduced the risk of vascular events by12% (RR 0.88 [95% CI 0.82– 0.94]). Thelargest reduction was for nonfatal myo-cardial infarction with little effect on CHDdeath (RR 0.95 [95% CI 0.78–1.15]) ortotal stroke. There was some evidence of adifference in aspirin effect by sex. Aspirinsignificantly reduced CHD events in menbut not in women. Conversely, aspirinhad no effect on stroke in men but signif-icantly reduced stroke in women. Nota-bly, sex differences in aspirin’s effectshave not been observed in studies of sec-ondary prevention (239). In the six trialsexamined by the ATT collaborators, theeffects of aspirin on major vascular eventswere similar for patients with or withoutdiabetes: RR 0.88 (95% CI 0.67–1.15)and 0.87 (0.79–0.96), respectively. TheCI was wider for those with diabetes be-cause of their smaller number.

Based on the currently available evi-dence, aspirin appears to have a modesteffect on ischemic vascular events withthe absolute decrease in events dependingon the underlying CVD risk. The mainadverse effects appear to be an increasedrisk of gastrointestinal bleeding. The ex-cess risk may be as high as 1–5 per 1,000per year in real-world settings. In adultswith CVD risk greater than 1% per year,the number of CVD events prevented willbe similar to or greater than the number ofepisodes of bleeding induced, althoughthese complications do not have equal ef-fects on long-term health (242).

In 2010, a position statement of theADA, AHA, and American College of Car-diology Foundation (ACCF) updatedprior joint recommendations for primaryprevention (243). Low dose (75–162 mg/day) aspirin use for primary prevention isreasonable for adults with diabetes and noprevious history of vascular disease whoare at increased CVD risk (10-year risk ofCVD events over 10%) and who are not atincreased risk for bleeding. This generallyincludes most men over age 50 years andwomen over age 60 years who also haveone or more of the following major riskfactors: smoking, hypertension, dyslipi-

demia, family history of premature CVD,and albuminuria.

However, aspirin is no longer recom-mended for those at low CVD risk(women under age 60 years and men un-der age 50 years with no major CVD riskfactors; 10-year CVD risk under 5%) asthe low benefit is likely to be outweighedby the risks of significant bleeding. Clin-ical judgment should be used for those atintermediate risk (younger patients withone or more risk factors, or older patientswith no risk factors; those with 10-yearCVD risk of 5–10%) until further researchis available. Use of aspirin in patients un-der the age of 21 years is contraindicateddue to the associated risk of Reye’s syn-drome.

Average daily dosages used in mostclinical trials involving patients with dia-betes ranged from 50 to 650 mg but weremostly in the range of 100 to 325 mg/day.There is little evidence to support any spe-cific dose, but using the lowest possibledosage may help reduce side effects(244). Although platelets from patientswith diabetes have altered function, it isunclear what, if any, impact that findinghas on the required dose of aspirin forcardioprotective effects in the patientwith diabetes. Many alternate pathwaysfor platelet activation exist that are inde-pendent of thromboxane A2 and thus notsensitive to the effects of aspirin (245).Therefore, while “aspirin resistance” ap-pears higher in the diabetic patients whenmeasured by a variety of ex vivo and invitro methods (platelet aggrenometry,measurement of thromboxane B2), theseobservations alone are insufficient to em-pirically recommend higher doses of as-pirin be used in the diabetic patient at thistime.

Clopidogrel has been demonstratedto reduce CVD events in diabetic individ-uals (246). It is recommended as adjunc-tive therapy in the first year after an acutecoronary syndrome or as alternative ther-apy in aspirin-intolerant patients.

4. Smoking cessation

Recommendations● Advise all patients not to smoke. (A)● Include smoking cessation counseling

and other forms of treatment as a rou-tine component of diabetes care. (B)

A large body of evidence from epidemio-logical, case-control, and cohort studiesprovides convincing documentation ofthe causal link between cigarette smoking

and health risks. Much of the work doc-umenting the impact of smoking onhealth did not separately discuss resultson subsets of individuals with diabetes,but suggests that the identified risks are atleast equivalent to those found in the gen-eral population. Other studies of individ-ua l s w i th d i abe t e s cons i s t en t l ydemonstrate that smokers have a height-ened risk of CVD, premature death, andincreased rate of microvascular complica-tions of diabetes. Smoking may have arole in the development of type 2 diabe-tes.

The routine and thorough assess-ment of tobacco use is important as ameans of preventing smoking or en-couraging cessation. A number of largerandomized clinical trials have demon-strated the efficacy and cost-effective-ness of brief counseling in smokingcessation, including the use of quitlines, in the reduction of tobacco use.For the patient motivated to quit, theaddition of pharmacological therapy tocounseling is more effective than eithertreatment alone. Special considerationsshould include assessment of level ofnicotine dependence, which is associ-ated with difficulty in quitting and re-lapse (247).

5. CHD screening and treatment

Recommendations

Screening● In asymptomatic patients, routine

screening for CAD is not recom-mended, as it does not improve out-comes as long as CVD risk factors aretreated. (A)

Treatment● In patients with known CVD, ACE in-

hibitor (C) and aspirin and statin ther-apy (A) (if not contraindicated) shouldbe used to reduce the risk of cardiovas-cular events.

● In patients with a prior myocardial in-farction, �-blockers should be contin-ued for at least 2 years after the event(B).

● Longer term use of �-blockers in theabsence of hypertension is reasonable ifwell tolerated, but data are lacking. (E)

● Avoid TZD treatment in patients withsymptomatic heart failure. (C)

● Metformin may be used in patients withstable CHF if renal function is normal.It should be avoided in unstable or hos-pitalized patients with CHF. (C)

Standards of Medical Care

S32 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 23: Ada2011

Screening for CAD is reviewed in a re-cently updated consensus statement(154). To identify the presence of CADin diabetic patients without clear orsuggestive symptoms, a risk factor–based approach to the initial diagnosticevaluation and subsequent follow-uphas intuitive appeal. However, recentstudies concluded that using this ap-proach fails to identify which patientswith type 2 diabetes will have silentischemia on screening tests (159,248).

Candidates for cardiac testing in-clude those with 1) typical or atypicalcardiac symptoms and 2) an abnormalresting ECG. The screening of asymp-tomatic patients remains controversial,especially as intensive medical therapy,indicated in diabetic patients at highrisk for CVD, has an increasing evidencebase for providing equal outcomes toinvasive revascularization, including indiabetic patients (249,250). There isalso some evidence that silent myocar-dial ischemia may reverse over time,adding to the controversy concerningaggressive screening strategies (251).Finally, a recent randomized observa-tional trial demonstrated no clinicalbenefit to routine screening of asymp-tomatic patients with type 2 diabetesand normal ECGs (252). Despite abnor-mal myocardial perfusion imaging inmore than one in five patients, cardiacoutcomes were essentially equal (andvery low) in screened versus un-screened patients. Accordingly, theoverall effectiveness, especially thecost-effectiveness, of such an indiscrim-inate screening strategy is now ques-tioned.

Newer noninvasive CAD screeningmethods, such as computed tomogra-phy (CT) and CT angiography havegained in popularity. These tests inferthe presence of coronary atherosclerosisby measuring the amount of calcium incoronary arteries and, in some circum-stances, by direct visualization of lumi-nal stenoses. Although asymptomaticdiabetic patients found to have a highercoronary disease burden have more fu-ture cardiac events (253–255), the roleof these tests beyond risk stratificationis not clear. Their routine use leads toradiation exposure and may result inunnecessary invasive testing such ascoronary angiography and revascular-ization procedures. The ultimate bal-ance of benefit, cost, and risks of suchan approach in asymptomatic patientsremains controversial, particularly in

the modern setting of aggressive CVDrisk factor control.

In all patients with diabetes, cardio-vascular risk factors should be assessedat least annually. These risk factors in-clude dyslipidemia, hypertension,smoking, a positive family history ofpremature coronary disease, and thepresence of micro- or macroalbumin-uria. Abnormal risk factors should betreated as described elsewhere in theseguidelines. Patients at increased CHDrisk should receive aspirin and a statinand ACE inhibitor or ARB therapy if hy-pertensive, unless there are contraindi-cations to a particular drug class. Whileclear benefit exists for ACE inhibitorand ARB therapy in patients with ne-phropathy or hypertension, the benefitsin patients with CVD in the absence ofthese conditions is less clear, especiallywhen LDL cholesterol is concomitantlycontrolled (256,257).

B. Nephropathy screening andtreatment

Recommendations

General recommendations● To reduce the risk or slow the progres-

sion of nephropathy, optimize glucosecontrol. (A)

● To reduce the risk or slow the progres-sion of nephropathy, optimize bloodpressure control. (A)

Screening● Perform an annual test to assess urine

albumin excretion in type 1 diabetic pa-tients with diabetes duration of 5 yearsand in all type 2 diabetic patients start-ing at diagnosis. (E)

● Measure serum creatinine at least annu-ally in all adults with diabetes regard-less of the degree of urine albuminexcretion. The serum creatinine shouldbe used to estimate GFR and stage thelevel of chronic kidney disease (CKD),if present. (E)

Treatment● In the treatment of the nonpregnant pa-

tient with micro- or macroalbuminuria,either ACE inhibitors or ARBs shouldbe used. (A)

● While there are no adequate head-to-head comparisons of ACE inhibitorsand ARBs, there is clinical trial supportfor each of the following statements:● In patients with type 1 diabetes, with

hypertension and any degree of albu-

minuria, ACE inhibitors have beenshown to delay the progression of ne-phropathy. (A)

● In patients with type 2 diabetes, hy-pertension, and microalbuminuria,both ACE inhibitors and ARBs havebeen shown to delay the progressionto macroalbuminuria. (A)

● In patients with type 2 diabetes, hy-pertension, macroalbuminuria, andrenal insufficiency (serum creatinine�1.5 mg/dl), ARBs have been shownto delay the progression of nephrop-athy. (A)

● If one class is not tolerated, the othershould be substituted. (E)

● Reduction of protein intake to 0.8–1.0g � kg body wt1 � day1 in individualswith diabetes and the earlier stages ofCKD and to 0.8 g � kg body wt1 �day1 in the later stages of CKD mayimprove measures of renal function(urine albumin excretion rate, GFR)and is recommended. (B)

● When ACE inhibitors, ARBs, or diuret-ics are used, monitor serum creatinineand potassium levels for the develop-ment of acute kidney disease and hy-perkalemia. (E)

● Continued monitoring of urine albu-min excretion to assess both responseto therapy and progression of disease isrecommended. (E)

● When eGFR �60 ml/min/1.73 m2,

evaluate and manage potential compli-cations of CKD. (E)

● Consider referral to a physician experi-enced in the care of kidney diseasewhen there is uncertainty about the eti-ology of kidney disease (heavy protein-uria, active urine sediment, absence ofretinopathy, rapid decline in GFR), dif-ficult management issues, or advancedkidney disease. (B)

Diabetic nephropathy occurs in 20–40%of patients with diabetes and is the singleleading cause of end-stage renal disease(ESRD). Persistent albuminuria in therange of 30–299 mg/24 h (microalbu-minuria) has been shown to be the earlieststage of diabetic nephropathy in type 1diabetes and a marker for development ofnephropathy in type 2 diabetes. Mi-croalbuminuria is also a well-establishedmarker of increased CVD risk (258,259).Patients with microalbuminuria whoprogress to macroalbuminuria (300mg/24 h) are likely to progress to ESRD(260,261). However, a number of inter-ventions have been demonstrated to re-

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S33

Page 24: Ada2011

duce the risk and slow the progression ofrenal disease.

Intensive diabetes management withthe goal of achieving near-normoglyce-mia has been shown in large prospectiverandomized studies to delay the onset ofmicroalbuminuria and the progression ofmicro- to macroalbuminuria in patientswith type 1 (262,263) and type 2 (55,56)diabetes. The UKPDS provided strong ev-idence that control of blood pressure canreduce the development of nephropathy(195). In addition, large prospective ran-domized studies in patients with type 1diabetes have demonstrated that achieve-ment of lower levels of systolic bloodpressure (�140 mmHg) resulting fromtreatment using ACE inhibitors provides aselective benefit over other antihyperten-sive drug classes in delaying the progres-sion from micro- to macroalbuminuriaand can slow the decline in GFR in pa-tients with macroalbuminuria (264 –266) . In type 2 diabetes wi thhypertension and normoalbuminuria,RAS inhibition has been demonstrated todelay onset of microalbuminuria (267).

In addition, ACE inhibitors have beenshown to reduce major CVD outcomes(i.e., myocardial infarction, stroke, death)in patients with diabetes (207), thus fur-ther supporting the use of these agents inpatients with microalbuminuria, a CVDrisk factor. ARBs do not prevent mi-croalbuminuria in normotensive patientswith type 1 or type 2 diabetes (268,269);however, ARBs have been shown to re-duce the rate of progression from micro-to macroalbuminuria as well as ESRD inpatients with type 2 diabetes (270–272).Some evidence suggests that ARBs have asmaller magnitude of rise in potassiumcompared with ACE inhibitors in peoplewith nephropathy (273,274). Combina-tions of drugs that block the renin-angiotensin-aldosterone system (e.g., anACE inhibitor plus an ARB, a mineralo-corticoid antagonist, or a direct renin in-hibitor) have been shown to provideadditional lowering of albuminuria (275–278). However, the long-term effects ofsuch combinations on renal or cardiovas-cular outcomes have not yet been evalu-ated in clinical trials, and they areassociated with increased risk for hyper-kalemia.

Other drugs, such as diuretics, cal-cium channel blockers, and �-blockersshould be used as additional therapy tofurther lower blood pressure in patientsalready treated with ACE inhibitors orARBs (212), or as alternate therapy in the

rare individual unable to tolerate ACE in-hibitors or ARBs.

Studies in patients with varying stagesof nephropathy have shown that proteinrestriction of dietary protein helps slowthe progression of albuminuria, GFR de-cline, and occurrence of ESRD (279 –282). Dietary protein restriction shouldbe considered particularly in patientswhose nephropathy seems to be progress-ing despite optimal glucose and bloodpressure control and use of ACE inhibitorand/or ARBs (282).

Assessment of albuminuria statusand renal functionScreening for microalbuminuria can beperformed by measurement of the albu-min-to-creatinine ratio in a random spotcollection; 24-h or timed collections aremore burdensome and add little to pre-diction or accuracy (283,284). Measure-ment of a spot urine for albumin only,whether by immunoassay or by using adipstick test specific for microalbumin,without simultaneously measuring urinecreatinine, is somewhat less expensive butsusceptible to false-negative and -positivedeterminations as a result of variation inurine concentration due to hydration andother factors.

Abnormalities of albumin excretionare defined in Table 13. Because of vari-ability in urinary albumin excretion, twoof three specimens collected within a 3- to6-month period should be abnormal be-fore considering a patient to have crossed

one of these diagnostic thresholds. Exer-cise within 24 h, infection, fever, CHF,marked hyperglycemia, and marked hy-pertension may elevate urinary albuminexcretion over baseline values.

Information on presence of abnormalurine albumin excretion in addition tolevel of GFR may be used to stage CKD.The National Kidney Foundation classifi-cation (Table 14) is primarily based onGFR levels and therefore differs fromother systems, in which staging is basedprimarily on urinary albumin excretion(285). Studies have found decreased GFRin the absence of increased urine albuminexcretion in a substantial percentage ofadults with diabetes (286). Serum creati-nine should therefore be measured at leastannually in all adults with diabetes, re-gardless of the degree of urine albuminexcretion.

Serum creatinine should be used toestimate GFR and to stage the level ofCKD, if present. eGFR is commonly co-reported by laboratories or can be esti-mated using formulae such as theModification of Diet in Renal Disease(MDRD) study equation (287). Recent re-ports have indicated that the MDRD ismore accurate for the diagnosis and strat-ification of CKD in patients with diabetesthan the Cockcroft-Gault formula (288).GFR calculators are available at http://www.nkdep.nih.gov.

The role of continued annual quan-titative assessment of albumin excretionafter diagnosis of microalbuminuria andinstitution of ACE inhibitor or ARBtherapy and blood pressure control isunclear. Continued surveillance can as-sess both response to therapy and pro-gression of disease. Some suggest thatreducing abnormal albuminuria (�30mg/g) to the normal or near-normalrange may improve renal and cardiovas-cular prognosis, but this approach hasnot been formally evaluated in prospec-tive trials.

Table 14—Stages of CKD

Stage DescriptionGFR (ml/min per 1.73 m2

body surface area)

1 Kidney damage* with normal or increased GFR �902 Kidney damage* with mildly decreased GFR 60–893 Moderately decreased GFR 30–594 Severely decreased GFR 15–295 Kidney failure �15 or dialysis

*Kidney damage defined as abnormalities on pathologic, urine, blood, or imaging tests. Adapted from ref.284.

Table 13—Definitions of abnormalities in al-bumin excretion

Category

Spot collection(g/mg

creatinine)

Normal �30Microalbuminuria 30–299Macro (clinical)-albuminuria �300

Standards of Medical Care

S34 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 25: Ada2011

Complications of kidney disease cor-relate with level of kidney function. Whenthe eGFR is less than 60 ml/min/1.73 m2,screening for complications of CKD is in-dicated (Table 15). Early vaccinationagainst hepatitis B is indicated in patientslikely to progress to end-stage kidney dis-ease.

Consider referral to a physician ex-perienced in the care of kidney diseasewhen there is uncertainty about the eti-ology of kidney disease (heavy protein-uria, active urine sediment, absence ofretinopathy, rapid decline in GFR, re-sistant hypertension), difficult manage-ment issues, or advanced kidneydisease. The threshold for referral mayvary depending on the frequency withwhich a provider encounters diabeticpatients with significant kidney disease.Consultation with a nephrologist whenstage 4 CKD develops has been found toreduce cost, improve quality of care,and keep people off dialysis longer(289). However, nonrenal specialistsshould not delay educating their pa-tients about the progressive nature ofdiabetic kidney disease; the renal pres-ervation benefits of aggressive treat-ment of blood pressure, blood glucose,and hyperlipidemia; and the potentialneed for renal replacement therapy.

C. Retinopathy screening andtreatment

Recommendations

General recommendations● To reduce the risk or slow the progres-

sion of retinopathy, optimize glycemiccontrol. (A)

● To reduce the risk or slow the progres-sion of retinopathy, optimize bloodpressure control. (A)

Screening● Adults and children aged 10 years or

older with type 1 diabetes should havean initial dilated and comprehensiveeye examination by an ophthalmologistor optometrist within 5 years after theonset of diabetes. (B)

● Patients with type 2 diabetes shouldhave an initial dilated and comprehen-sive eye examination by an ophthalmol-ogist or optometrist shortly after thediagnosis of diabetes. (B)

● Subsequent examinations for type 1and type 2 diabetic patients should berepeated annually by an ophthalmolo-gist or optometrist. Less frequent exams

(every 2–3 years) may be consideredfollowing one or more normal eye ex-ams. Examinations will be requiredmore frequently if retinopathy is pro-gressing. (B)

● High-quality fundus photographs candetect most clinically significant dia-betic retinopathy. Interpretation of theimages should be performed by atrained eye care provider. While retinalphotography may serve as a screeningtool for retinopathy, it is not a substi-tute for a comprehensive eye exam,which should be performed at least ini-tially and at intervals thereafter as rec-ommended by an eye care professional.(E)

● Women with preexisting diabetes whoare planning a pregnancy or who havebecome pregnant should have a com-prehensive eye examination and shouldbe counseled on the risk of develop-ment and/or progression of diabetic ret-inopathy. Eye examination shouldoccur in the first trimester with closefollow-up throughout pregnancy andfor 1 year postpartum. (B)

Treatment● Promptly refer patients with any level of

macular edema, severe NPDR, or anyPDR to an ophthalmologist who isknowledgeable and experienced in themanagement and treatment of diabeticretinopathy. (A)

● Laser photocoagulation therapy is indi-cated to reduce the risk of vision loss in

patients with high-risk PDR, clinicallysignificant macular edema, and in somecases of severe NPDR. (A)

● The presence of retinopathy is not acontraindication to aspirin therapy forcardioprotection, as this therapy doesnot increase the risk of retinal hemor-rhage. (A)

Diabetic retinopathy is a highly specificvascular complication of both type 1 andtype 2 diabetes, with prevalence stronglyrelated to the duration of diabetes. Dia-betic retinopathy is the most frequentcause of new cases of blindness amongadults aged 20–74 years. Glaucoma, cat-aracts, and other disorders of the eye oc-cur earlier and more frequently in peoplewith diabetes.

In addition to duration of diabetes,other factors that increase the risk of, orare associated with, retinopathy includechronic hyperglycemia (290), the pres-ence of nephropathy (291), and hyper-tension (292). Intensive diabetesmanagement with the goal of achievingnear normoglycemia has been shown inlarge prospective randomized studies toprevent and/or delay the onset and pro-gression of diabetic retinopathy (47,55,56,64). Lowering blood pressure hasbeen shown to decrease the progressionof retinopathy (195). Several case seriesand a controlled prospective study sug-gest that pregnancy in type 1 diabetic pa-t ients may aggravate ret inopathy

Table 15—Management of CKD in diabetes

GFR (ml/min/1.73 m2) Recommended

All patients Yearly measurement of creatinine, urinary albumin excretion, potassium45–60 Referral to nephrology if possibility for nondiabetic kidney disease exists

(duration type 1 diabetes �10 years, heavy proteinuria, abnormalfindings on renal ultrasound, resistant hypertension, rapid fall inGFR, or active urinary sediment)

Consider need for dose adjustment of medicationsMonitor eGFR every 6 monthsMonitor electrolytes, bicarbonate, hemoglobin, calcium, phosphorus,

parathyroid hormone at least yearlyAssure vitamin D sufficiencyConsider bone density testingReferral for dietary counselling

30–44 Monitor eGFR every 3 monthsMonitor electrolytes, bicarbonate, calcium, phosphorus, parathyroid

hormone, hemoglobin, albumin, weight every 3–6 monthsConsider need for dose adjustment of medications

�30 Referral to nephrologist

Adapted from http://www.kidney.org/professionals/KDOQI/guideline_diabetes/.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S35

Page 26: Ada2011

(293,294); laser photocoagulation sur-gery can minimize this risk (294).

One of the main motivations forscreening for diabetic retinopathy is theestablished efficacy of laser photocoagu-lation surgery in preventing vision loss.Two large trials, the Diabetic RetinopathyStudy (DRS) and the Early Treatment Di-abetic Retinopathy Study (ETDRS), pro-vide the strongest support for thetherapeutic benefits of photocoagulationsurgery.

The DRS (295) showed that panreti-nal photocoagulation surgery reduced therisk of severe vision loss from PDR from15.9% in untreated eyes to 6.4% intreated eyes, with greatest risk-to-benefitratio in those with baseline disease (discneovascularization or vitreous hemor-rhage).

The ETDRS (296) established thebenefit of focal laser photocoagulationsurgery in eyes with macular edema, par-ticularly those with clinically significantmacular edema, with reduction of dou-bling of the visual angle (e.g., 20/50 to20/100) from 20% in untreated eyes to8% in treated eyes. The ETDRS also veri-fied the benefits of panretinal photocoag-ulation for high-risk PDR and in older-onset patients with severe NPDR or less-than-high-risk PDR.

Laser photocoagulation surgery inboth trials was beneficial in reducing therisk of further vision loss, but generallynot beneficial in reversing already dimin-ished acuity. This preventive effect andthe fact that patients with PDR or macularedema may be asymptomatic providestrong support for a screening program todetect diabetic retinopathy.

As retinopathy is estimated to take atleast 5 years to develop after the onset ofhyperglycemia, patients with type 1 dia-betes should have an initial dilated andcomprehensive eye examination within 5years after the onset of diabetes. Patientswith type 2 diabetes, who generally havehad years of undiagnosed diabetes andwho have a significant risk of prevalentDR at time of diabetes diagnosis, shouldhave an initial dilated and comprehensiveeye examination soon after diagnosis. Ex-aminations should be performed by anophthalmologist or optometrist who isknowledgeable and experienced in diag-nosing the presence of diabetic retinopa-thy and is aware of its management.Subsequent examinations for type 1 andtype 2 diabetic patients are generally re-peated annually. Less-frequent exams(every 2–3 years) may be cost effective

after one or more normal eye exams,while examinations will be required morefrequently if retinopathy is progressing(297).

The use of retinal photography withremote reading by experts has great po-tential in areas where qualified eye careprofessionals are not available, and mayalso enhance efficiency and reduce costswhen the expertise of ophthalmologistscan be utilized for more complex exami-nations and for therapy (298). In-personexams are still necessary when the photosare unacceptable and for follow-up of ab-normalities detected. Photos are not asubstitute for a comprehensive eye exam,which should be performed at least ini-tially and at intervals thereafter as recom-mended by an eye care professional.

Results of eye examinations should bedocumented and transmitted to the refer-ring health care professional. For a de-tailed review of the evidence and furtherdiscussion of diabetic retinopathy, see theADA’s technical review and position state-ment on this subject (297,300).

D. Neuropathy screening andtreatment (301)

Recommendations● All patients should be screened for dis-

tal symmetric polyneuropathy (DPN) atdiagnosis and at least annually thereaf-ter, using simple clinical tests. (B)

● Electrophysiological testing is rarelyneeded, except in situations where theclinical features are atypical. (E)

● Screening for signs and symptoms ofautonomic neuropathy should be insti-tuted at diagnosis of type 2 diabetes and5 years after the diagnosis of type 1 di-abetes. Special testing is rarely neededand may not affect management or out-comes. (E)

● Medications for the relief of specificsymptoms related to DPN and auto-nomic neuropathy are recommended,as they improve the quality of life of thepatient. (E)

The diabetic neuropathies are heteroge-neous with diverse clinical manifesta-tions. They may be focal or diffuse. Mostcommon among the neuropathies arechronic sensorimotor DPN and auto-nomic neuropathy. Although DPN is a di-agnos i s o f exc lus ion , complexinvestigations to exclude other conditionsare rarely needed.

The early recognition and appropri-ate management of neuropathy in the pa-

tient with diabetes is important for anumber of reasons: 1) nondiabetic neu-ropathies may be present in patients withdiabetes and may be treatable, 2) a num-ber of treatment options exist for symp-tomatic diabetic neuropathy, 3) up to50% of DPN may be asymptomatic andpatients are at risk of insensate injury totheir feet, and 4) autonomic neuropathyand particularly cardiovascular auto-nomic neuropathy is associated with sub-stantial morbidity and even mortality.Specific treatment for the underlyingnerve damage is currently not available,other than improved glycemic control,which may modestly slow progression(63) but not reverse neuronal loss. Effec-tive symptomatic treatments are availablefor some manifestations of DPN and au-tonomic neuropathy.

Diagnosis of neuropathyDistal symmetric polyneuropathy. Pa-tients with diabetes should be screenedannually for DPN using tests such as pin-prick sensation, vibration perception(using a 128-Hz tuning fork), 10-g mono-filament pressure sensation at the distalplantar aspect of both great toes andmetatarsal joints, and assessment of anklereflexes. Combinations of more than onetest have �87% sensitivity in detectingDPN. Loss of 10-g monofilament percep-tion and reduced vibration perceptionpredict foot ulcers (301). Importantly, inpatients with neuropathy, particularlywhen severe, causes other than diabetesshould always be considered, such asneurotoxic mediations, heavy metal poi-soning, alcohol abuse, vitamin B12 defi-ciency (especially in those takingmetformin for prolonged periods (302),renal disease, chronic inflammatory de-myelinating neuropathy, inherited neu-ropathies, and vasculitis (303).Diabetic autonomic neuropathy (304).The symptoms and signs of autonomicdysfunction should be elicited carefullyduring the history and physical examina-tion. Major clinical manifestations of dia-betic autonomic neuropathy includeresting tachycardia, exercise intolerance,orthostatic hypotension, constipation,gastroparesis, erectile dysfunction, sudo-motor dysfunction, impaired neurovas-cular funct ion, and, potent ia l ly ,autonomic failure in response to hypogly-cemia.

Cardiovascular autonomic neuropa-thy, a CVD risk factor (93), is the moststudied and clinically important form ofdiabetic autonomic neuropathy. Cardio-

Standards of Medical Care

S36 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 27: Ada2011

vascular autonomic neuropathy may beindicated by resting tachycardia (�100bpm) or orthostasis (a fall in systolicblood pressure �20 mmHg upon stand-ing without an appropriate heart rate re-sponse); it is also associated withincreased cardiac event rates.

Gastrointestinal neuropathies (e.g.,esophageal enteropathy, gastroparesis,constipation, diarrhea, fecal inconti-nence) are common, and any section ofthe gastrointestinal tract may be affected.Gastroparesis should be suspected in in-dividuals with erratic glucose control orwith upper gastrointestinal symptomswithout other identified cause. Evalua-tion of solid-phase gastric emptying usingdouble-isotope scintigraphy may be doneif symptoms are suggestive, but test re-sults often correlate poorly with symp-toms. Constipation is the most commonlower-gastrointestinal symptom but canalternate with episodes of diarrhea.

Diabetic autonomic neuropathy isalso associated with genitourinary tractdisturbances. In men, diabetic autonomicneuropathy may cause erectile dysfunc-tion and/or retrograde ejaculation. Evalu-ation of bladder dysfunction should beperformed for individuals with diabeteswho have recurrent urinary tract infec-tions, pyelonephritis, incontinence, or apalpable bladder.

Symptomatic treatmentsDPN. The first step in management of pa-tients with DPN should be to aim for sta-ble and optimal glycemic control.Although controlled trial evidence is lack-ing, several observational studies suggestthat neuropathic symptoms improve notonly with optimization of control, butalso with the avoidance of extreme bloodglucose fluctuations. Patients with painfulDPN may benefit from pharmacologicaltreatment of their symptoms: manyagents have efficacy confirmed in pub-lished randomized controlled trials, sev-eral of which are Food and DrugAdministration (FDA)-approved for themanagement of painful DPN.

Treatment of autonomic neuropathyGastroparesis symptoms may improvewith dietary changes and prokineticagents such as metoclopramide or eryth-romycin. Treatments for erectile dysfunc-tion may include phosphodiesterase type5 inhibitors, intracorporeal or intraure-thral prostaglandins, vacuum devices, orpenile prostheses. Interventions for othermanifestations of autonomic neuropathy

are described in the ADA statement onneuropathy (301). As with DPN treat-ments, these interventions do not changethe underlying pathology and natural his-tory of the disease process, but may have apositive impact on the quality of life of thepatient.

E. Foot care

Recommendations● For all patients with diabetes, perform

an annual comprehensive foot exami-nation to identify risk factors predictiveof ulcers and amputations. The foot ex-amination should include inspection,assessment of foot pulses, and testingfor loss of protective sensation (10-gmonofilament plus testing any one of:vibration using 128-Hz tuning fork,pinprick sensation, ankle reflexes, orvibration perception threshold). (B)

● Provide general foot self-care educationto all patients with diabetes. (B)

● A multidisciplinary approach is recom-mended for individuals with foot ulcersand high-risk feet, especially those witha history of prior ulcer or amputation.(B)

● Refer patients who smoke, have loss ofprotective sensation and structural ab-normalities, or have history of priorlower-extremity complications to footcare specialists for ongoing preventivecare and life-long surveillance. (C)

● Initial screening for peripheral arterialdisease (PAD) should include a historyfor claudication and an assessment ofthe pedal pulses. Consider obtaining anankle-brachial index (ABI), as many pa-tients with PAD are asymptomatic. (C)

● Refer patients with significant claudica-tion or a positive ABI for further vascu-lar assessment and consider exercise,medications, and surgical options. (C)

Amputation and foot ulceration, conse-quences of diabetic neuropathy and/orPAD, are common and major causes ofmorbidity and disability in people withdiabetes. Early recognition and manage-ment of risk factors can prevent or delayadverse outcomes.

The risk of ulcers or amputations isincreased in people who have the follow-ing risk factors:

● Previous amputation● Past foot ulcer history● Peripheral neuropathy● Foot deformity● Peripheral vascular disease

● Visual impairment● Diabetic nephropathy (especially pa-

tients on dialysis)● Poor glycemic control● Cigarette smoking

Many studies have been published pro-posing a range of tests that might usefullyidentify patients at risk of foot ulceration,creating confusion among practitioners asto which screening tests should beadopted in clinical practice. An ADA taskforce was therefore assembled in 2008 toconcisely summarize recent literature inthis area and then recommend whatshould be included in the comprehensivefoot exam for adult patients with diabetes.Their recommendations are summarizedbelow, but clinicians should refer to thetask force report (305) for further detailsand practical descriptions of how to per-form components of the comprehensivefoot examination.

At least annually, all adults with dia-betes should undergo a comprehensivefoot examination to identify high riskconditions. Clinicians should ask abouthistory of previous foot ulceration or am-putation, neuropathic or peripheral vas-cular symptoms, impaired vision, tobaccouse, and foot care practices. A general in-spection of skin integrity and musculo-skeletal deformities should be done in awell lit room. Vascular assessment wouldinclude inspection and assessment ofpedal pulses.

The neurologic exam recommendedis designed to identify loss of protectivesensation (LOPS) rather than early neu-ropathy. The clinical examination to iden-tify LOPS is simple and requires noexpensive equipment. Five simple clinicaltests (use of a 10-g monofilament, vibra-tion testing using a 128-Hz tuning fork,tests of pinprick sensation, ankle reflexassessment, and testing vibration percep-tion threshold with a biothesiometer),each with evidence from well-conductedprospective clinical cohort studies, areconsidered useful in the diagnosis ofLOPS in the diabetic foot. The task forceagrees that any of the five tests listed couldbe used by clinicians to identify LOPS,although ideally two of these should beregularly performed during the screeningexam—normally the 10-g monofilamentand one other test. One or more abnormaltests would suggest LOPS, while at leasttwo normal tests (and no abnormal test)would rule out LOPS. The last test listed,vibration assessment using a biothesiom-eter or similar instrument, is widely used

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S37

Page 28: Ada2011

in the U.S.; however, identification of thepatient with LOPS can easily be carriedout without this or other expensive equip-ment.

Initial screening for PAD should in-clude a history for claudication and anassessment of the pedal pulses. A diagnos-tic ABI should be performed in any pa-tient with symptoms of PAD. Due to thehigh estimated prevalence of PAD in pa-tients with diabetes and the fact that manypatients with PAD are asymptomatic, anADA consensus statement on PAD (306)suggested that a screening ABI be per-formed in patients over 50 years of ageand be considered in patients under 50years of age who have other PAD risk fac-tors (e.g., smoking, hypertension, hyper-lipidemia, or duration of diabetes �10years). Refer patients with significantsymptoms or a positive ABI for furthervascular assessment and consider exer-cise, medications, and surgical options(306).

Patients with diabetes and high-riskfoot conditions should be educated re-garding their risk factors and appropriatemanagement. Patients at risk should un-derstand the implications of the LOPS,the importance of foot monitoring on adaily basis, the proper care of the foot,including nail and skin care, and the se-lection of appropriate footwear. Patientswith LOPS should be educated on ways tosubstitute other sensory modalities (handpalpation, visual inspection) for surveil-lance of early foot problems. Patients’ un-derstanding of these issues and theirphysical ability to conduct proper footsurveillance and care should be assessed.Patients with visual difficulties, physicalconstraints preventing movement, or cog-nitive problems that impair their ability toassess the condition of the foot and to in-stitute appropriate responses will needother people, such as family members, toassist in their care.

People with neuropathy or evidenceof increased plantar pressure (e.g., ery-thema, warmth, callus, or measured pres-sure) may be adequately managed withwell-fitted walking shoes or athletic shoesthat cushion the feet and redistributepressure. Callus can be debrided with ascalpel by a foot care specialist or otherhealth professional with experience andtraining in foot care. People with bonydeformities (e.g., hammertoes, promi-nent metatarsal heads, bunions) mayneed extra-wide or -depth shoes. Peoplewith extreme bony deformities (e.g.,Charcot foot) who cannot be accommo-

dated with commercial therapeutic foot-wear may need custom-molded shoes.

Foot ulcers and wound care may re-quire care by a podiatrist, orthopedic orvascular surgeon, or rehabilitation spe-cialist experienced in the management ofindividuals with diabetes.

VII. DIABETES CARE INSPECIFIC POPULATIONS

A. Children and adolescents

1. Type 1 diabetesThree-quarters of all cases of type 1 dia-betes are diagnosed in individuals �18years of age. It is appropriate to considerthe unique aspects of care and manage-ment of children and adolescents withtype 1 diabetes. Children with diabetesdiffer from adults in many respects, in-cluding changes in insulin sensitivity re-lated to sexual maturity and physicalgrowth, ability to provide self-care, super-vision in child care and school, andunique neurological vulnerability to hy-poglycemia and DKA. Attention to suchissues as family dynamics, developmentalstages, and physiological differences re-lated to sexual maturity are all essential indeveloping and implementing an optimaldiabetes regimen. Although recommen-dations for children and adolescents areless likely to be based on clinical trial ev-idence, expert opinion and a review ofavailable and relevant experimental dataare summarized in the ADA statement oncare of children and adolescents with type1 diabetes (307).

Ideally, the care of a child or adoles-cent with type 1 diabetes should be pro-vided by a multidisciplinary team ofspecialists trained in the care of childrenwith pediatric diabetes. At the very least,education of the child and family shouldbe provided by health care providerstrained and experienced in childhood di-abetes and sensitive to the challengesposed by diabetes in this age-group. Atthe time of initial diagnosis, it is essentialthat diabetes education be provided in atimely fashion, with the expectation thatthe balance between adult supervisionand self-care should be defined by, andwill evolve according to, physical, psy-chological, and emotional maturity. MNTand psychological support should be pro-vided at diagnosis, and regularly thereaf-ter, by individuals experienced with thenutritional and behavioral needs of thegrowing child and family.

a. Glycemic control

Recommendations● Consider age when setting glycemic

goals in children and adolescents withtype 1 diabetes. (E)

While current standards for diabetesmanagement reflect the need to maintainglucose control as near to normal as safelypossible, special consideration should begiven to the unique risks of hypoglycemiain young children. Glycemic goals mayneed to be modified to take into accountthe fact that most children �6 or 7 yearsof age have a form of “hypoglycemic un-awareness,” including immaturity of anda relative inability to recognize and re-spond to hypoglycemic symptoms, plac-ing them at greater risk for severehypoglycemia and its sequelae. In addi-tion, and unlike the case in adults, youngchildren under the age of 5 years may beat risk for permanent cognitive impair-ment after episodes of severe hypoglyce-mia (308 –310). Furthermore, findingsfrom the DCCT demonstrated that near-normalization of blood glucose levels wasmore difficult to achieve in adolescentsthan adults. Nevertheless, the increasedfrequency of use of basal-bolus regimensand insulin pumps in youth from infancythrough adolescence has been associatedwith more children reaching ADA bloodglucose targets (311,312) in those fami-lies in which both parents and the childwith diabetes participate jointly to per-form the required diabetes-related tasks.Furthermore, recent studies document-ing neurocognitive sequelae of hypergly-cemia in children provide anothercompelling motivation for achieving gly-cemic targets (313,314).

In selecting glycemic goals, the bene-fits on long-term health outcomes ofachieving a lower A1C should be bal-anced against the risks of hypoglycemiaand the developmental burdens of inten-sive regimens in children and youth. Age-specific glycemic and A1C goals arepresented in Table 16.

b. Screening and management ofchronic complications in childrenand adolescents with type 1 diabetes

i. Nephropathy

Recommendations● Annual screening for microalbumin-

uria, with a random spot urine sample

Standards of Medical Care

S38 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 29: Ada2011

for albumin-to-creatinine (ACR) ra-tio, should be considered once thechild is 10 years of age and has haddiabetes for 5 years. (E)

● Confirmed, persistently elevated ACRon two additional urine specimensfrom different days should be treatedwith an ACE inhibitor, titrated to nor-malization of albumin excretion ifpossible. (E)

ii. Hypertension

Recommendations● Treatment of high-normal blood

pressure (systolic or diastolic bloodpressure consistently above the 90thpercentile for age, sex, and height)should include dietary interventionand exercise aimed at weight controland increased physical activity, if ap-propriate. If target blood pressure isnot reached with 3– 6 months of life-style intervention, pharmacologictreatment should be considered. (E)

● Pharmacologic treatment of hyper-tension (systolic or diastolic bloodpressure consistently above the 95th

percentile for age, sex, and height orconsistently greater than 130/80mmHg, if 95% exceeds that value)should be initiated as soon as the di-agnosis is confirmed. (E)

● ACE inhibitors should be consideredfor the initial treatment of hyperten-sion, following appropriate reproduc-tive counseling due to its potentialteratogenic effects. (E)

● The goal of treatment is a blood pres-sure consistently �130/80 or below the90th percentile for age, sex, and height,whichever is lower. (E)

It is important that blood pressure mea-surements are determined correctly, us-ing the appropriate size cuff, and withthe child seated and relaxed. Hyperten-sion should be confirmed on at leastthree separate days. Normal blood pres-sure levels for age, sex, and height andappropriate methods for determina-tions are available online at www.nhlbi.nih.gov/health/prof/heart/hbp/hbp_ped.pdf.

iii. Dyslipidemia

Recommendations

Screening● If there is a family history of hypercho-

lesterolemia (total cholesterol �240mg/dl) or a cardiovascular event beforeage 55 years, or if family history is un-known, then a fasting lipid profileshould be performed on children �2years of age soon after diagnosis (afterglucose control has been established).If family history is not of concern, thenthe first lipid screening should be con-sidered at puberty (�10 years). All chil-dren diagnosed with diabetes at or afterpuberty should have a fasting lipid pro-file performed soon after diagnosis(after glucose control has been estab-lished). (E)

● For both age-groups, if lipids are abnor-mal, annual monitoring is recom-mended. If LDL cholesterol values arewithin the accepted risk levels (�100mg/dl [2.6 mmol/l]), a lipid profileshould be repeated every 5 years. (E)

Table 16—Plasma blood glucose and A1C goals for type 1 diabetes by age-group

Plasma blood glucose goal range(mg/dl)

A1C (%) RationaleBefore meals Bedtime/overnight

Toddlers and preschoolers(0–6 years)

100–180 110–200 �8.5 • Vulnerability to hypoglycemia• Insulin sensitivity• Unpredictability in dietary intake and

physical activity• A lower goal (�8.0%) is reasonable if

it can be achieved without excessivehypoglycemia

School age (6–12 years) 90–180 100–180 �8 • Vulnerability to hypoglycemia• A lower goal (�7.5%) is reasonable if

it can be achieved without excessivehypoglycemia

Adolescents and young adults(13–19 years)

90–130 90–150 �7.5 • A lower goal (�7.0%) is reasonable ifit can be achieved without excessivehypoglycemia

Key concepts in setting glycemic goals• Goals should be individualized and lower goals may be reasonable based on benefit-risk

assessment.• Blood glucose goals should be modified in children with frequent hypoglycemia or

hypoglycemia unawareness.• Postprandial blood glucose values should be measured when there is a discrepancy

between pre-prandial blood glucose values and A1C levels and to help assess glycemia inthose on basal/bolus regimens.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S39

Page 30: Ada2011

Treatment● Initial therapy should consist of optimi-

zation of glucose control and MNT us-ing a Step 2 AHA diet aimed at adecrease in the amount of saturated fatin the diet. (E)

● After the age of 10 years, the addition ofa statin in patients who, after MNT andlifestyle changes, have LDL cholesterol�160 mg/dl (4.1 mmol/l), or LDL cho-lesterol �130 mg/dl (3.4 mmol/l) andone or more CVD risk factors, is reason-able. (E)

● The goal of therapy is an LDL choles-terol value �100 mg/dl (2.6 mmol/l).(E)

People diagnosed with type 1 diabetes inchildhood have a high risk of early sub-clinical (315–317) and clinical (318)CVD. Although intervention data arelacking, the AHA categorizes childrenwith type 1 diabetes in the highest tier forcardiovascular risk and recommendsboth lifestyle and pharmacologic treat-ment for those with elevated LDL choles-terol levels (319,320). Initial therapyshould be with a Step 2 AHA diet, whichrestricts saturated fat to 7% of total calo-ries and restricts dietary cholesterol to200 mg/day. Data from randomized clin-ical trials in children as young as 7months of age indicate that this diet is safeand does not interfere with normalgrowth and development (321,322).

Neither long-term safety nor cardio-vascular outcome efficacy of statin ther-apy has been established for children.However, recent studies have shownshort-term safety equivalent to that seenin adults, and efficacy in lowering LDLcholesterol levels, improving endothelialfunction, and causing regression of ca-rotid intimal thickening (323–325). Nostatin is approved for use under the age of10 years, and statin treatment should gen-erally not be used in children with type 1diabetes prior to this age.

iv. Retinopathy

Recommendations● The first ophthalmologic examination

should be obtained once the child is 10years of age and has had diabetes for3–5 years. (E)

● After the initial examination, annualroutine follow-up is generally recom-mended. Less frequent examinationsmay be acceptable on the advice of aneye care professional. (E)

Although retinopathy most commonlyoccurs after the onset of puberty and after5–10 years of diabetes duration, it hasbeen reported in prepubertal childrenand with diabetes duration of only 1–2years. Referrals should be made to eyecare professionals with expertise in dia-betic retinopathy, an understanding ofthe risk for retinopathy in the pediatricpopulation, and experience in counsel-ing the pediatric patient and family onthe importance of early prevention/intervention.

v. Celiac disease

Recommendations● Children with type 1 diabetes should

be screened for celiac disease by mea-suring tissue transglutaminase oranti-endomysial antibodies, withdocumentation of normal total serumIgA levels, soon after the diagnosis ofdiabetes. (E)

● Testing should be repeated in childrenwith growth failure, failure to gainweight, weight loss, diarrhea, flatu-lence, abdominal pain, or signs of mal-absorption, or in children withfrequent unexplained hypoglycemia ordeterioration in glycemic control. (E)

● Children with positive antibodiesshould be referred to a gastroenterolo-gist for evaluation with endoscopy andbiopsy. (E)

● Children with biopsy-confirmed celiacdisease should be placed on a gluten-free diet and have consultation with adietitian experienced in managing bothdiabetes and celiac disease. (E)

Celiac disease is an immune-mediateddisorder that occurs with increased fre-quency in patients with type 1 diabetes(1–16% of individuals compared with0.3–1% in the general population)(326,327). Symptoms of celiac disease in-clude diarrhea, weight loss or poor weightgain, growth failure, abdominal pain,chronic fatigue, malnutrition due to mal-absorption, other gastrointestinal prob-lems, and unexplained hypoglycemia orerratic blood glucose concentrations.

The advent of routine periodicscreening has led to the diagnosis of celiacdisease in asymptomatic children. Whileseveral studies have documented short-term benefits of gluten restriction ongrowth and bone mineral density inasymptomatic children diagnosed withceliac disease by routine screening, thereis little literature available regarding the

long-term benefit of gluten-free diets inthis population.

vi. Hypothyroidism

Recommendations● Children with type 1 diabetes should be

screened for thyroid peroxidase andthyroglobulin antibodies at diagnosis.(E)

● TSH concentrations should be mea-sured after metabolic control has beenestablished. If normal, they should bere-checked every 1–2 years, or if thepatient develops symptoms of thyroiddysfunction, thyromegaly, or an abnor-mal growth rate. (E)

Auto-immune thyroid disease is the mostcommon autoimmune disorder associ-ated with diabetes, occurring in 17–30%of patients with type 1 diabetes (328). Thepresence of thyroid auto-antibodies ispredictive of thyroid dysfunction, gener-ally hypothyroidism but less commonlyhyperthyroidism (329). Subclinical hy-pothyroidism may be associated withincreased risk of symptomatic hypoglyce-mia (330) and with reduced linear growth(331). Hyperthyroidism alters glucosemetabolism, potentially resulting in dete-rioration of metabolic control.

c. Self-managementNo matter how sound the medical regi-men, it can only be as good as the ability ofthe family and/or individual to implementit. Family involvement in diabetes re-mains an important component of opti-mal diabetes management throughoutchildhood and into adolescence. Healthcare providers who care for children andadolescents, therefore, must be capable ofevaluating the behavioral, emotional, andpsychosocial factors that interfere withimplementation and then must work withthe individual and family to resolve prob-lems that occur and/or to modify goals asappropriate.

d. School and day careBecause a sizable portion of a child’s day isspent in school, close communicationwith and cooperation of school or daycare personnel is essential for optimal di-abetes management, safety, and maximalacademic opportunities. See the ADA po-sition statement on Diabetes Care in theSchool and Day Care Setting (332) for fur-ther discussion.

Standards of Medical Care

S40 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 31: Ada2011

e. Transition from pediatric to adultcareAs they approach the young adult years,older adolescents are at increasing physi-cal, behavioral, and other risks (333,334).As they leave both their home and theirpediatric diabetes care providers, theseolder teens may become disengaged fromthe health care system, leading to lapses inmedical care and deterioration in glyce-mic control (335). Though scientific evi-dence is limited to date, it is clear thatearly and ongoing attention be given tocomprehensive and coordinated planningfor seamless transition of all youth frompediatric to adult health care (336,337).The National Diabetes Education Pro-gram (NDEP) has materials available tofacilitate this transition process (http://ndep.nih.gov/transitions/).

2. Type 2 diabetesThe incidence of type 2 diabetes in ado-lescents is increasing, especially in ethnicminority populations (21). Distinctionbetween type 1 and type 2 diabetes inchildren can be difficult, since the preva-lence of overweight in children continuesto rise and since autoantigens and ketosismay be present in a substantial number ofpatients with features of type 2 diabetes(including obesity and acanthosis nigri-cans). Such a distinction at the time ofdiagnosis is critical since treatment regi-mens, educational approaches, and di-etary counsel will differ markedlybetween the two diagnoses.

Type 2 diabetes has a significant preva-lence of comorbidities already present at thetime of diagnosis (338). It is recommendedthat blood pressure measurement, a fastinglipid profile, microalbuminuria assessment,and dilated eye examination be performedat the time of diagnosis. Thereafter, screen-ing guidelines and treatment recommen-dations for hypertension, dyslipidemia,microalbuminuria, and retinopathy inyouth with type 2 diabetes are similar tothose for youth with type 1 diabetes. Ad-ditional problems that may need to be ad-dressed include polycystic ovary diseaseand the various comorbidities associatedwith pediatric obesity such as sleep ap-nea, hepatic steatosis, orthopedic compli-cations, and psychosocial concerns. TheADA consensus statement on this subject(23) provides guidance on the preven-tion, screening, and treatment of type 2diabetes and its comorbidities in youngpeople.

3. Monogenic diabetes syndromesMonogenic forms of diabetes (neonataldiabetes or maturity-onset diabetes of theyoung) represent a small fraction of chil-dren with diabetes (�5%), but the readyavailability of commercial genetic testingis now enabling a true genetic diagnosiswith increasing frequency. It is importantto correctly diagnose one of the mono-genic forms of diabetes, as these childrenmay be incorrectly diagnosed with type 1or type 2 diabetes, leading to nonoptimaltreatment regimens and delays in diag-nosing other family members.

The diagnosis of monogenic diabetesshould be considered in the following set-tings: diabetes diagnosed within the first 6months of life; in children with strongfamily history of diabetes but without typ-ical features of type 2 diabetes (nonobese,low-risk ethnic group); in children withmild fasting hyperglycemia (100 –150mg/dl [5.5– 8.5 mmol]), especially ifyoung and nonobese; and in childrenwith diabetes but with negative auto-antibodies without signs of obesity or in-sulin resistance. A recent internationalconsensus document discusses in furtherdetail the diagnosis and management ofchildren with monogenic forms of diabe-tes (339).

B. Preconception care

Recommendations● A1C levels should be as close to normal

as possible (�7%) in an individual pa-tient before conception is attempted.(B)

● Starting at puberty, preconceptioncounseling should be incorporated inthe routine diabetes clinic visit for allwomen of child-bearing potential. (C)

● Women with diabetes who are contem-plating pregnancy should be evaluatedand, if indicated, treated for diabeticretinopathy, nephropathy, neuropathy,and CVD. (E)

● Medications used by such womenshould be evaluated prior to concep-tion, since drugs commonly used totreat diabetes and its complicationsmay be contraindicated or not recom-mended in pregnancy, including st-atins, ACE inhibitors, ARBs, and mostnoninsulin therapies. (E)

● Since many pregnancies are un-planned, consider the potential risksand benefits of medications that arecontraindicated in pregnancy in allwomen of childbearing potential, and

counsel women using such medica-tions accordingly. (E)

Major congenital malformations remainthe leading cause of mortality and seriousmorbidity in infants of mothers with type1 and type 2 diabetes. Observational stud-ies indicate that the risk of malformationsincreases continuously with increasingmaternal glycemia during the first 6–8weeks of gestation, as defined by first-trimester A1C concentrations. There is nothreshold for A1C values below whichrisk disappears entirely. However, mal-formation rates above the 1–2% back-ground rate of nondiabetic pregnanciesappear to be limited to pregnancies inwhich first-trimester A1C concentrationsare �1% above the normal range for anondiabetic pregnant woman.

Preconception care of diabetes ap-pears to reduce the risk of congenital mal-formations. Five nonrandomized studiescompared rates of major malformations ininfants between women who participatedin preconception diabetes care programsand women who initiated intensive diabe-tes management after they were alreadypregnant. The preconception care pro-grams were multidisciplinary and de-signed to train patients in diabetes self-management with diet, intensified insulintherapy, and SMBG. Goals were set toachieve normal blood glucose concentra-tions, and �80% of subjects achievednormal A1C concentrations before theybecame pregnant. In all five studies, theincidence of major congenital malforma-tions in women who participated in pre-conception care (range 1.0 –1.7% ofinfants) was much lower than the inci-dence in women who did not participate(range 1.4–10.9% of infants) (78). Onelimitation of these studies is that partici-pation in preconception care was self-selected rather than randomized. Thus, itis impossible to be certain that the lowermalformation rates resulted fully fromimproved diabetes care. Nonetheless, theevidence supports the concept that mal-formations can be reduced or preventedby careful management of diabetes beforepregnancy.

Planned pregnancies greatly facili-tate preconception diabetes care. Un-fortunately, nearly two-thirds ofpregnancies in women with diabetes areunplanned, leading to a persistent ex-cess of malformations in infants of dia-bet ic mothers . To minimize theoccurrence of these devastating malfor-mations, standard care for all women

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S41

Page 32: Ada2011

with diabetes who have child-bearingpotential, beginning at the onset of pu-berty or at diagnosis, should include 1)education about the risk of malforma-tions associated with unplanned preg-nancies and poor metabolic control;and 2) use of effective contraception atall times, unless the patient has goodmetabolic control and is actively tryingto conceive.

Women contemplating pregnancyneed to be seen frequently by a multi-disciplinary team experienced in themanagement of diabetes before andduring pregnancy. The goals of precon-ception care are to 1) involve and em-power the patient in the management ofher diabetes, 2) achieve the lowest A1Ctest results possible without excessivehypoglycemia, 3) assure effective con-traception until stable and acceptableglycemia is achieved, and 4) identify,evaluate, and treat long-term diabetescomplications such as retinopathy, ne-phropathy, neuropathy, hypertension,and CHD (78).

Among the drugs commonly used inthe treatment of patients with diabetes,a number may be relatively or abso-lutely contraindicated during preg-n a n c y . S t a t i n s a r e c a t e g o r y X(contraindicated for use in pregnancy)and should be discontinued before con-ception, as should ACE inhibitors(340). ARBs are category C (risk cannotbe ruled out) in the first trimester butcategory D (positive evidence of risk) inlater pregnancy and should generally bediscontinued before pregnancy. Sincemany pregnancies are unplanned,health care professionals caring for anywoman of childbearing potential shouldconsider the potential risks and benefitsof medications that are contraindicatedin pregnancy. Women using medica-tions such as statins or ACE inhibitorsneed ongoing family planning counsel-ing. Among the oral antidiabetic agents,metformin and acarbose are classified ascategory B (no evidence of risk in hu-mans) and all others as category C. Po-tential r isks and benefits of oralantidiabetic agents in the preconceptionperiod must be carefully weighed, rec-ognizing that data are insufficient to es-tablish the safety of these agents inpregnancy.

For further discussion of preconcep-tion care, see the ADA’s consensus state-ment on preexisting diabetes andpregnancy (78) and the position state-ment (341) on this subject.

C. Older adults

Recommendations● Older adults who are functional, cogni-

tively intact, and have significant lifeexpectancy should receive diabetes careusing goals developed for youngeradults. (E)

● Glycemic goals for older adults notmeeting the above criteria may be re-laxed using individual criteria, but hy-perglycemia leading to symptoms orrisk of acute hyperglycemic complica-tions should be avoided in all patients.(E)

● Other cardiovascular risk factorsshould be treated in older adults withconsideration of the time frame of ben-efit and the individual patient. Treat-ment of hypertension is indicated invirtually all older adults, and lipid andaspirin therapy may benefit those withlife expectancy at least equal to the timeframe of primary or secondary preven-tion trials. (E)

● Screening for diabetes complicationsshould be individualized in olderadults, but particular attention shouldbe paid to complications that wouldlead to functional impairment. (E)

Diabetes is an important health conditionfor the aging population; at least 20% ofpatients over the age of 65 years have di-abetes, and this number can be expectedto grow rapidly in the coming decades.Older individuals with diabetes havehigher rates of premature death, func-tional disability, and coexisting illnessessuch as hypertension, CHD, and strokethan those without diabetes. Older adultswith diabetes are also at greater risk thanother older adults for several common ge-riatric syndromes, such as polypharmacy,depression, cognitive impairment, uri-nary incontinence, injurious falls, andpersistent pain.

The American Geriatric Society’sguidelines for improving the care of theolder person with diabetes (342) have in-fluenced the following discussion andrecommendations. The care of olderadults with diabetes is complicated bytheir clinical and functional heterogene-ity. Some older individuals developed di-abetes years earlier and may havesignificant complications; others who arenewly diagnosed may have had years ofundiagnosed diabetes with resultant com-plications or may have few complicationsfrom the disease. Some older adults withdiabetes are frail and have other underly-

ing chronic conditions, substantial diabe-tes-related comorbidity, or limitedphysical or cognitive functioning. Otherolder individuals with diabetes have littlecomorbidity and are active. Life expectan-cies are highly variable for this popula-tion, but often longer than cliniciansrealize. Providers caring for older adultswith diabetes must take this heterogeneityinto consideration when setting and pri-oritizing treatment goals.

There are few long-term studies inolder adults demonstrating the benefits ofintensive glycemic, blood pressure, andlipid control. Patients who can be expectedto live long enough to reap the benefits oflong-term intensive diabetes managementand who are active, have good cognitivefunction, and are willing should be pro-vided with the needed education and skillsto do so and be treated using the goals foryounger adults with diabetes.

For patients with advanced diabetescomplications, life-limiting comorbid ill-ness, or substantial cognitive or func-tional impairment, it is reasonable to setless-intensive glycemic target goals. Thesepatients are less likely to benefit from re-ducing the risk of microvascular compli-cations and more likely to suffer seriousadverse effects from hypoglycemia.However, patients with poorly controlleddiabetes may be subject to acute compli-cations of diabetes, including dehydra-t ion , poor wound hea l ing , andhyperglycemic hyperosmolar coma. Gly-cemic goals at a minimum should avoidthese consequences.

Although control of hyperglycemiamay be important in older individualswith diabetes, greater reductions in mor-bidity and mortality may result from con-trol of other cardiovascular risk factorsrather than from tight glycemic controlalone. There is strong evidence from clin-ical trials of the value of treating hyper-tension in the elderly (343,344). There isless evidence for lipid-lowering and aspi-rin therapy, although the benefits of theseinterventions for primary and secondaryprevention are likely to apply to olderadults whose life expectancies equal orexceed the time frames seen in clinicaltrials.

Special care is required in prescribingand monitoring pharmacologic therapy inolder adults. Metformin is often contrain-dicated because of renal insufficiency orsignificant heart failure. TZDs can causefluid retention, which may exacerbate orlead to heart failure. They are contraindi-cated in patients with CHF (New York

Standards of Medical Care

S42 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 33: Ada2011

Heart Association class III and class IV)and if used at all should be used very cau-tiously in those with, or at risk for, milderdegrees of CHF. Sulfonylureas, other in-sulin secretagogues, and insulin can causehypoglycemia. Insulin use requires thatpatients or caregivers have good visualand motor skills and cognitive ability.Drugs should be started at the lowest doseand titrated up gradually until targets arereached or side effects develop.

Screening for diabetes complicationsin older adults also should be individual-ized. Particular attention should be paidto complications that can develop overshort periods of time and/or that wouldsignificantly impair functional status,such as visual and lower-extremity com-plications.

D. Cystic fibrosis–related diabetesCystic fibrosis–related diabetes (CFRD) isthe most common comorbidity in personswith CF, occurring in about 20% of ado-lescents and 40–50% of adults. The addi-tional diagnosis of diabetes in thispopulation is associated with worse nutri-tional status, more-severe inflammatorylung disease, and greater mortality fromrespiratory failure. For reasons that arenot well understood, women with CFRDare particularly vulnerable to excess mor-bidity and mortality. Insulin insufficiencyrelated to partial fibrotic destruction ofthe islet mass is the primary defect inCFRD. Genetically determined functionof the remaining �-cells and insulin resis-tance associated with infection and in-flammation may also play a role.Encouraging new data suggest that earlydetection and aggressive insulin therapyhave narrowed the gap in mortality be-tween CF patients with and without dia-betes, and have eliminated the sexdifference in mortality.

A consensus conference on CFRDwas co-sponsored in 2009 by the Ameri-can Diabetes Association, the Cystic Fi-brosis Foundation, and the PediatricEndocrine Society. Recommendations forthe clinical management of CFRD can befound in an ADA position statement(344a).

VIII. DIABETES CARE IN SPECIFICSETTINGS

A. Diabetes care in the hospital

Recommendations● All patients with diabetes admitted to

the hospital should have their diabetes

clearly identified in the medical record.(E)

● All patients with diabetes should havean order for blood glucose monitoring,with results available to all members ofthe health care team. (E)

● Goals for blood glucose levels:● Critically ill patients: Insulin therapy

should be initiated for treatment ofpersistent hyperglycemia starting at athreshold of no greater than 180mg/dl (10 mmol/l). Once insulintherapy is started, a glucose range of140–180 mg/dl (7.8–10 mmol/l) isrecommended for the majority ofcritically ill patients. (A)

● More stringent goals, such as 110–140 mg/dl (6.1–7.8 mmol/l) may beappropriate for selected patients, aslong as this can be achieved withoutsignificant hypoglycemia. (C)

● Critically ill patients require an intra-venous insulin protocol that hasdemonstrated efficacy and safety inachieving the desired glucose rangewithout increasing risk for severe hy-poglycemia. (E)

● Non–critically ill patients: There isno clear evidence for specific bloodglucose goals. If treated with insulin,the premeal blood glucose targetshould generally be �140 mg/dl (7.8mmol/l) with random blood glucose�180 mg/dl (10.0 mmol/l), providedthese targets can be safely achieved.More stringent targets may be appro-priate in stable patients with previoustight glycemic control. Less stringenttargets may be appropriate in thosewith severe comorbidites. (E)

● Scheduled subcutaneous insulin withbasal, nutritional, and correction com-ponents is the preferred method forachieving and maintaining glucosecontrol in noncritically ill patients. (C)Using correction dose or “supplemen-tal” insulin to correct premeal hyper-glycemia in addition to scheduledprandial and basal insulin is recom-mended. (E)

● Glucose monitoring should be initiatedin any patient not known to be diabeticwho receives therapy associated withhigh risk for hyperglycemia, includinghigh-dose glucocorticoid therapy, initi-ation of enteral or parenteral nutrition,or other medications such as octreotideor immunosuppressive medications.(B) If hyperglycemia is documentedand persistent, treatment is necessary.Such patients should be treated to the

same glycemic goals as patients withknown diabetes. (E)

● A hypoglycemia management protocolshould be adopted and implementedby each hospital or hospital system. Aplan for treating hypoglycemia shouldbe established for each patient. Epi-sodes of hypoglycemia in the hospitalshould be documented in the medialrecord and tracked. (E)

● All patients with diabetes admitted tothe hospital should have an A1C ob-tained if the result of testing in the pre-vious 2–3 months is not available. (E)

● Patients with hyperglycemia in the hos-pital who do not have a diagnosis ofdiabetes should have appropriate plansfor follow-up testing and care docu-mented at discharge. (E)

Hyperglycemia in the hospital is exten-sively reviewed in an ADA technical re-view (345). A recent updated consensusstatement by the American Association ofClinical Endocrinologists (AACE) and theADA (346) forms the basis for the discus-sion and guidelines in this section.

The literature on hospitalized pa-tients with hyperglycemia typically de-scribes three categories:

1. Medical history of diabetes: diabeteshas been previously diagnosed and ac-knowledged by the patient’s treatingphysician.

2. Unrecognized diabetes: hyperglycemia(fasting blood glucose �126 mg/dl orrandom blood glucose �200 mg/dl)occurring during hospitalization andconfirmed as diabetes after hospitaliza-tion by standard diagnostic criteria butunrecognized as diabetes by the treat-ing physician during hospitalization.

3. Hospital-related hyperglycemia: hy-perglycemia (fasting blood glucose�126 mg/dl or random blood glucose�200 mg/dl) occurring during thehospitalization that reverts to normalafter hospital discharge.

The management of hyperglycemia in thehospital has often been considered sec-ondary in importance to the conditionthat prompted admission (345). How-ever, a body of literature now supportstargeted glucose control in the hospitalsetting for potential improved clinicaloutcomes. Hyperglycemia in the hospitalmay result from stress, decompensationof type 1 or type 2 or other forms of dia-betes, and/or may be iatrogenic due towithholding of anti-hyperglycemic medi-

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S43

Page 34: Ada2011

cations or administration of hyperglyce-mia -provok ing agen t s such asglucocorticoids or vasopressors.

People with diabetes are more likelyto be hospitalized and to have longerlengths of stay than those without diabe-tes. A recent survey estimated that 22% ofall hospital inpatient days were incurredby people with diabetes and that hospitalinpatient care accounted for half of the$174 billion total U.S. medical expendi-tures for this disease (347). This is due, inpart, to the continued expansion of theworldwide epidemic of type 2 diabetes.While the costs of illness-related stresshyperglycemia are not known, they arelikely to be significant given the poorprognosis of such patients (348–351).

There is substantial observational ev-idence linking hyperglycemia in hospital-ized patients (with or without diabetes) topoor outcomes. Cohort studies as well asa few early randomized controlled trials(RCTs) suggested that intensive treatmentof hyperglycemia improved hospital out-comes (345,350,351). In general, thesestudies were heterogeneous in terms ofpatient population, blood glucose targetsand insulin protocols, provision of nutri-tional support, and the proportion of pa-tients receiving insulin, which limits theability to make meaningful comparisonsamong them. Recent trials in critically illpatients have failed to show a significantimprovement in mortality with intensiveglycemic control (352,353) or have evenshown increased mortality risk (354).Moreover, these recent RCTs have high-lighted the risk of severe hypoglycemiaresulting from such efforts (352–357).

The largest study to date, NICE-SUGAR, a multicenter, multinationalRCT, compared the effect of intensive gly-cemic control (target 81–108 mg/dl,mean blood glucose attained 115 mg/dl)to standard glycemic control (target 144–180 mg/dl, mean blood glucose attained144 mg/dl) on outcomes among 6,104critically ill participants, the majority ofwhom (�95%) required mechanical ven-tilation (354). Ninety-day mortality wassignificantly higher in the intensive versusthe conventional group (78 more deaths;27.5% vs. 24.9%, P � 0.02) in both sur-gical and medical patients. Mortality fromcardiovascular causes was more commonin the intensive group (76 more deaths;41.6% vs. 35.8%; P � 0.02). Severe hy-poglycemia was also more common in theintensively treated group (6.8% vs. 0.5%;P � 0.001). The precise reason for theincreased mortality in the tightly con-

trolled group is unknown. The results ofthis study lie in stark contrast to a famous2001 single-center study that reported a42% relative reduction in intensive-careunit (ICU) mortality in critically ill surgi-cal patients treated to a target blood glu-cose of 80–110 mg/dl (350). Importantly,the control group in NICE-SUGAR hadreasonably good blood glucose manage-ment maintained at a mean glucose of 144mg/dl, only 29 mg/dl above the inten-sively managed patients. Accordingly,this study’s findings do not disprove thenotion that glycemic control in the ICU isimportant. However, they do stronglysuggest that it is not necessary to targetblood glucose values �140 mg/dl, andthat a highly stringent target of �110mg/dl may actually be dangerous.

In a recent meta-analysis of 26 trials(N � 13,567), which included the NICE-SUGAR data, the pooled relative risk (RR)of death with intensive insulin therapywas 0.93 as compared with conventionaltherapy (95% CI 0.83–1.04) (357). Ap-proximately half of these trials reportedhypoglycemia, with a pooled RR of inten-sive therapy of 6.0 (95% CI 4.5–8.0). Thespecific ICU setting influenced the find-ings, with patients in surgical ICUs ap-pearing to benefit from intensive insulintherapy (RR 0.63 [95% CI 0.44–0.91]),while those in other critical care settingsdid not (medical ICU, RR 1.0 [95% CI0.78–1.28]; “mixed” ICU, RR 0.99 [95%CI 0.86–1.12]). It was concluded thatoverall, intensive insulin therapy in-creased the risk of hypoglycemia but pro-vided no overall benefit on mortality inthe critically ill, although a possible mor-tality benefit to patients admitted to thesurgical ICU (RR 0.63 [95% CI 0.44–0.91]) was suggested.

1. Glycemic targets in hospitalizedpatients

Definition of glucose abnormalitiesin the hospital settingHyperglycemia has been defined as anyblood glucose level �140 mg/dl (7.8mmol/l). Levels that are significantly andpersistently above this may require treat-ment in hospitalized patients. In patientswithout a previous diagnosis of diabetes,elevated blood glucose may be due to“stress hyperglycemia,” a condition thatcan be established by a review of priorrecords or measurement of an A1C. A1Cvalues �6.5% suggest that diabetes pre-ceded hospitalization (358). Hypoglyce-mia has been defined as any blood glucose

level �70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/l). This is thestandard definition in outpatients andcorrelates with the initial threshold for therelease of counterregulatory hormones.Severe hypoglycemia in hospitalized pa-tients has been defined by many as �40mg/dl (2.2 mmol/l), although this is lowerthan the �50 mg/dl (2.8 mmol/l) level atwhich cognitive impairment begins innormal individuals (359). As with hyper-glycemia, hypoglycemia among inpa-tients is also associated with adverseshort- and long-term outcomes. Early rec-ognition and treatment of mild to moder-ate hypoglycemia (40 and 69 mg/dl) (2.2and 3.8 mmol/l) can prevent deteriora-tion to a more severe episode with poten-tial adverse sequelae (346).

Critically ill patientsBased on the weight of the available evi-dence, for the majority of critically ill pa-tients in the ICU setting, insulin infusionshould be used to control hyperglycemia,with a starting threshold of no higher than180 mg/dl (10.0 mmol/l). Once intrave-nous insulin is started, the glucose levelshould be maintained between 140 and180 mg/dl (7.8 and 10.0 mmol/l). Greaterbenefit maybe realized at the lower end ofthis range. Although strong evidence islacking, somewhat lower glucose targetsmay be appropriate in selected patients.However, targets less than 110 mg/dl (6.1mmol/l) are not recommended. Use of in-sulin infusion protocols with demon-strated safety and efficacy, resulting inlow rates of hypoglycemia, are highly rec-ommended (346).

Noncritically ill patientsWith no prospective RCT data to informspecific glycemic targets in noncriticallyill patients, recommendations are basedon clinical experience and judgment. Forthe majority of noncritically ill patientstreated with insulin, premeal glucose tar-gets should generally be �140 mg/dl (7.8mmol/l) with random blood glucose lev-els �180 mg/dl (10.0 mmol/l), as long asthese targets can be safely achieved. Toavoid hypoglycemia, considerationshould be given to reassessing the insulinregimen if blood glucose levels fall below100 mg/dl (5.6 mmol/l). Modification ofthe regimen is required when blood glu-cose values are �70 mg/dl (3.9 mmol/l),unless the event is easily explained byother factors (such as a missed meal, etc.)

Occasional patients with a prior his-tory of successful tight glycemic control inthe outpatient setting who are clinically

Standards of Medical Care

S44 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 35: Ada2011

stable may be maintained with a glucoserange below the above cut points. Con-versely, higher glucose ranges may be ac-ceptable in terminally ill patients or inpatients with severe comorbidities, aswell as in those in patient-care settingswhere frequent glucose monitoring orclose nursing supervision is not feasible.

Clinical judgment, combined withongoing assessment of the patient’s clini-cal status, including changes in the trajec-tory of glucose measures, the severity ofillness, nutritional status, or concurrentuse of medications that might affect glu-cose levels (e.g., steroids, octreotide)must be incorporated into the day-to-daydecisions regarding insulin dosing (346).

2. Anti-hyperglycemic agents inhospitalized patientsIn the hospital setting, insulin therapy isthe preferred method of glycemic controlin majority of clinical situations (346). Inthe ICU, intravenous infusion is the pre-ferred route of insulin administration.When the patient is transitioned off intra-venous insulin to subcutaneous therapy,precautions should be taken to preventhyperglycemia escape (360,361). Outsideof critical care units, scheduled subcuta-neous insulin which delivers basal, nutri-tional, and correction (supplemental)components is preferred. Prolonged ther-apy with sliding scale insulin (SSI) as thesole regimen is ineffective in the majorityof patients, increases risk of both hypo-glycemia and hyperglycemia, and has re-cently been shown to be associated withadverse outcomes in general surgery pa-tients with type 2 diabetes (362). SSI ispotentially dangerous in type 1 diabetes(346). The reader is referred to severalrecent publications and reviews that de-scribe currently available insulin prepara-tions and protocols and provide guidancein use of insulin therapy in specific clini-cal settings including parenteral nutrition(363), enteral tube feedings, and withhigh-dose glucocorticoid therapy (346).

There are no data on the safety andefficacy of oral agents and injectable non-insulin therapies such as GLP1 analogsand pramlintide in the hospital. They aregenerally considered to have a limited rolein the management of hyperglycemia inconjunction with acute illness. Continua-tion of these agents may be appropriate inselected stable patients who are expectedto consume meals at regular intervals andthey may be initiated or resumed in antic-ipation of discharge once the patient isclinically stable. Specific caution is re-

quired with metformin, due to the possi-bility that a contraindication may developduring the hospitalization, such as renalinsufficiency, unstable hemodynamic sta-tus, or need for an imaging study that re-quires a radio-contrast dye.

3. Preventing hypoglycemiaHypoglycemia, especially in insulin-treated patients, is the leading limitingfactor in the glycemic management oftype 1 and type 2 diabetes (173). In thehospital, multiple additional risk factorsfor hypoglycemia are present. Patientswith or without diabetes may experiencehypoglycemia in the hospital in associa-tion with altered nutritional state, heartfailure, renal or liver disease, malignancy,infection, or sepsis. Additional triggeringevents leading to iatrogenic hypoglycemiainclude sudden reduction of corticoste-roid dose, altered ability of the patient toreport symptoms, reduction of oral in-take, emesis, new NPO status, inappro-priate timing of short- or rapid-actinginsulin in relation to meals, reduction ofrate of administration of intravenous dex-trose, and unexpected interruption of en-teral feedings or parenteral nutrition.

Despite the preventable nature ofmany inpatient episodes of hypoglyce-mia, institutions are more likely to havenursing protocols for the treatment of hy-poglycemia than for its prevention.Tracking such episodes and analyzingtheir causes are important quality im-provement activities (346).

4. Diabetes care providers in thehospitalInpatient diabetes management may beeffectively championed and/or providedby primary care physicians, endocrinolo-gists, intensivists, or hospitalists. Involve-ment of appropriately trained specialistsor specialty teams may reduce length ofstay, improve glycemic control, and im-prove outcomes (346). In the care of dia-betes, implementation of standardizedorder sets for scheduled and correction-dose insulin may reduce reliance on slid-ing-scale management. As hospitals moveto comply with “meaningful use” regula-tions for electronic health records, asmandated by the Health InformationTechnology Act, efforts should be made toassure that all components of structured in-sulin order sets are incorporated into elec-tronic insulin order sets (364,365).

A team approach is needed to estab-lish hospital pathways. To achieve glyce-mic targets associated with improved

hospital outcomes, hospitals will needmultidisciplinary support to develop in-sulin management protocols that effec-tively and safely enable achievement ofglycemic targets (366).

5. Self-management in the hospitalSelf-management of diabetes in the hos-pital may be appropriate for competentadult patients who: have a stable level ofconsciousness, have reasonably stabledaily insulin requirements, successfullyconduct self-management of diabetes athome, have physical skills needed to suc-cessfully self-administer insulin and per-form SMBG, have adequate oral intake,and are proficient in carbohydrate count-ing, use of multiple daily insulin injec-tions or insulin pump therapy, and sick-day management. The patient andphysician, in consultation with nursingstaff, must agree that patient self-management is appropriate under theconditions of hospitalization.

Patients who use CSII pump therapyin the outpatient setting can be candidatesfor diabetes self-management in the hos-pital, provided that they have the mentaland physical capacity to do so (346). Ahospital policy and procedures delineat-ing inpatient guidelines for CSII pumptherapy are advisable. The availability ofhospital personnel with expertise in CSIItherapy is essential. It is important thatnursing personnel document basal ratesand bolus doses taken on a regular basis(at least daily).

6. DSME in the hospitalTeaching diabetes self-management topatients in hospitals is a challenging task.Patients are ill, under increased stress re-lated to their hospitalization and diagno-sis, and in an environment not conduciveto learning. Ideally, people with diabetesshould be taught at a time and place con-ducive to learning—as an outpatient in arecognized program of diabetes educa-tion.

For the hospitalized patient, diabetes“survival skills” education is generally afeasible approach. Patients and/or familymembers receive sufficient informationand training to enable safe care at home.Those newly diagnosed with diabetes orwho are new to insulin and/or blood glu-cose monitoring need to be instructedbefore discharge. Those patients hospital-ized because of a crisis related to diabetesmanagement or poor care at home neededucation to prevent subsequent episodesof hospitalization. An assessment of the

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S45

Page 36: Ada2011

need for a home health referral or referralto an outpatient diabetes education pro-gram should be part of discharge plan-ning for all patients.

7. MNT in the hospitalThe goals of MNT are to optimize glyce-mic control, to provide adequate caloriesto meet metabolic demands, and to createa discharge plan for follow-up care(345,367). ADA does not endorse anysingle meal plan or specified percentagesof macronutrients, and the term “ADAdiet” should no longer be used. Currentnutrition recommendations advise indi-vidualization based on treatment goals,physiologic parameters, and medicationusage. Consistent carbohydrate mealplans are preferred by many hospitalssince they facilitate matching the prandialinsulin dose to the amount of carbohy-drate consumed (368). Because of thecomplexity of nutrition issues in the hos-pital, a registered dietitian, knowledge-able and skilled in MNT, should serve asan inpatient team member. The dietitianis responsible for integrating informationabout the patient’s clinical condition, eat-ing, and lifestyle habits and for establish-ing treatment goals in order to determinea realistic plan for nutrition therapy(369,370).

8. Bedside blood glucose monitoringPoint-of-care (POC) blood glucose moni-toring performed at the bedside is used toguide insulin dosing. In the patient who isreceiving nutrition, the timing of glucosemonitoring should match carbohydrateexposure. In the patient who is not receiv-ing nutrition, glucose monitoring is per-formed every 4 to 6 h (371,372). Morefrequent blood glucose testing rangingfrom every 30 min to every 2 h is requiredfor patients on intravenous insulin infu-sions.

Safety standards should be estab-lished for blood glucose monitoring, pro-hibiting sharing of fingerstick lancingdevices, lancets, and needles to reduce therisk of transmission of blood borne dis-eases. Shared lancing devices carry essen-tially the same risk as shared syringes andneedles (373).

Accuracy of blood glucose measure-ments using POC meters has limitationsthat must be considered. Although theFDA allows a �20% error for blood glu-cose meters, questions about the appro-priateness of these criteria have beenraised (388). Glucose measures differ sig-nificantly between plasma and whole

blood, terms that are often used inter-changeably and can lead to misinterpre-tation. Most commercially availablecapillary blood glucose meters introducea correction factor of �1.12 to report a“plasma adjusted” value (374).

Significant discrepancies betweencapillary, venous, and arterial plasmasamples have been observed in patientswith low or high hemoglobin concentra-tions, hypoperfusion, and the presence ofinterfering substances particularly mal-tose, as contained in immunoglobulins(375). Analytical variability has been de-scribed with several POC meters (376).Increasingly, newer generation POCblood glucose meters correct for variationin hematocrit and for interfering sub-stances. Any glucose result that does notcorrelate with the patient’s status shouldbe confirmed through conventional labo-ratory sampling of plasma glucose. TheFDA has become increasingly concernedabout the use of POC blood glucosemeters in the hospital and is presently re-viewing matters related to their use.

9. Discharge planningTransition from the acute care setting is ahigh-risk time for all patients, not justthose with diabetes or new hyperglyce-mia. Although there is an extensive liter-ature concerning safe transition withinand from the hospital, little of it is specificto diabetes (377). It is important to re-member that diabetes discharge planningis not a separate entity, but part of anoverall discharge plan. As such, dischargeplanning begins at admission to the hos-pital and is updated as projected patientneeds change.

Inpatients may be discharged to var-ied settings, including home (with orwithout visiting nurse services), assistedliving, rehabilitation, or skilled nursingfacilities. The latter two sites are generallystaffed by health professionals; thereforediabetes discharge planning will be lim-ited to communication of medication anddiet orders. For the patient who is dis-charged to assisted living or to home, theoptimal program will need to consider thetype and severity of diabetes, the effects ofthe patient’s illness on blood glucose lev-els, and the capacities and desires of thepatient. Smooth transition to outpatientcare should be ensured. The Agency forHealthcare Research and Quality recom-mends that at a minimum, dischargeplans include:

● Medication reconciliation: The pa-tient’s medications must be cross-checked to ensure that no chronicmedications were stopped and to en-sure the safety of new prescriptions.Whenever possible, prescriptions fornew or changed medication should befilled and reviewed with the patient andfamily at or before discharge

● Structured discharge communication:Information on medication changes,pending tests and studies, and fol-low-up needs must be accurately andpromptly communicated to outpatientphysicians, as soon as possible after dis-charge.

Ideally the inpatient care providers orcase managers/discharge planners willschedule follow-up visit(s) with the ap-propriate professionals, including pri-mary care provider, endocrinologist, anddiabetes educator (378).

An outpatient follow-up visit with theprimary care provider, endocrinologist,or diabetes educator within 1 month ofdischarge is advised for all patients havinghyperglycemia in the hospital. Clear com-munication with outpatient providers ei-ther directly or via hospital dischargesummaries facilitates safe transitions tooutpatient care. Providing information re-garding the cause or the plan for deter-mining the cause of hyperglycemia,related complications and comorbidities,and recommended treatments can assistoutpatient providers as they assume on-going care.

It is important that patients be pro-vided with appropriate durable medicalequipment, medication, supplies, andprescriptions at the time of discharge inorder to avoid a potentially dangerous hi-atus in care. These supplies/prescriptionsshould include:

● Insulin (vials or pens) (if needed)● Syringes or pen needles (if needed)● Oral medications (if needed)● Blood glucose meter and strips● Lancets and lancing device● Urine ketone strips (type 1)● Glucagon emergency kit (insulin-

treated)● Medical alert application/charm

IX. STRATEGIES FORIMPROVING DIABETESCARE — There has been steady im-provement in the proportion of diabeticpatients achieving recommended levels ofA1C, blood pressure, and LDL cholesterol

Standards of Medical Care

S46 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 37: Ada2011

in the last 10 years, both in primary caresettings and in endocrinology practices.Mean A1C nationally has declined from7.82% in 1999–2000 to 7.18% in 2004based on National Health and NutritionExamination Survey (NHANES) data(379). This has been accompanied by im-provements in lipids and blood pressurecontrol and led to substantial reductionsin end-stage microvascular complicationsin those with diabetes (380). Neverthe-less, in some studies only 57.1% of adultswith diagnosed diabetes achieved an A1Cof �7%, only 45.5% had a blood pressure�130/80 mmHg, and just 46.5% had atotal cholesterol �200 mg/dl, with only12.2% of people with diabetes achievingall three treatment goals (381). Moreover,there is persistent variation in quality ofdiabetes care across providers and acrosspractice settings even after adjusting forpatient factors that indicates the potentialfor substantial further improvements indiabetes care.

While numerous interventions to im-prove adherence to the recommendedstandards have been implemented, a ma-jor contributor to suboptimal care is a de-livery system that too often is fragmented,lacks clinical information capabilities, of-ten duplicates services, and is poorly de-signed for the delivery of chronic care.The Chronic Care Model (CCM) includessix core elements for the provision of op-timal care of patients with chronic dis-ease: 1) delivery system design (movingfrom a reactive to a proactive care deliverysystem, where planned visits are coordi-nated through a team-based approach; 2)self-management support; 3) decisionsupport (basing care on consistent, effec-tive care guidelines); 4) clinical informa-tion systems (using registries that canprovide patient-specific and population-based support to the care team); 5)community resources and policies (iden-tifying or developing resources to supporthealthy lifestyles); and 6) health systems(to create a quality-oriented culture). Al-terations in reimbursement that rewardthe provision of quality care, as defined bythe attainment of evidence-based qualitymeasures, will also be required to achievedesired outcome goals. Redefinition of theroles of the clinic staff and promoting self-management on the part of the patient arefundamental to the successful implemen-tation of the CCM (382). Collaborative,multidisciplinary teams are best suited toprovide such care for people with chronicconditions like diabetes and to facilitate

patients’ performance of appropriate self-management.

A rapidly evolving literature suggeststhat there are three major strategies tosuccessfully improve the quality of diabe-tes care delivered by a team of providers.NDEP maintains an online resource(www.betterdiabetescare.nih.gov) to helphealth care professionals design and im-plement more effective health care deliv-ery systems for those with diabetes.

Three specific objectives, with refer-ences to literature that outlines practicalstrategies to achieve each, are outlined be-low.

Objective 1Provider and team behavior change: Fa-cilitate timely and appropriate intensifica-tion of lifestyle and/or pharmaceuticaltherapy of patients who have not achievedbeneficial levels of blood pressure, lipid,or glucose control.

● Clinical information systems includingregistries that can prospectively iden-tify and track those requiring assess-ments and/or treatment modificationsby the team.

● Electronic medical record-based clini-cal decision support at the point of care,both personalize and standardize careand can be used by multiple providers(383).

● Use of checklists and/or flow sheets thatmirror guidelines.

● Detailed treatment algorithms enablingmultiple team members to “treat to tar-get” and appropriately intensify ther-apy.

● Availability of care or disease manage-ment services (384) by nurses, pharma-cists, and other providers usingdetailed algorithms often catalyzing re-duction in A1C, blood pressure, andLDL cholesterol (385,386).

Objective 2Patient behavior change: Implement asystematic approach to support patients’behavior change efforts as needed includ-ing 1) healthy lifestyle (physical activity,healthy eating, nonuse of tobacco, weightmanagement, effective coping, medica-tion taking and management); 2) preven-tion of diabetes complications (screeningfor eye, foot, and renal complications; im-munizations); and 3) achievement of ap-propriate blood pressure, lipid, andglucose goals.

● Delivery of high-quality DSME, whichhas been shown to improve patient self-management, satisfaction, and glucosecontrol (115,387).

● Delivery of ongoing diabetes self-management support (DSMS) to ensurethat gains achieved during DSME aresustained (128–129). National DSMEstandards call for an integrated ap-proach that includes clinical contentand skills, behavioral strategies (goal-setting, problem solving), and address-ing emotional concerns in each neededcurriculum content area. Provision ofcontinuing education and support(DSMS) improves maintenance of gainsregardless of the educational methodol-ogy (89).

● Provision of automated reminders viamultiple communication channels tovarious subgroups of diabetic patients(96).

Objective 3Change the system of care: Research onthe comprehensive CCM suggests addi-tional strategies to improve diabetes care,including the following:

● Basing care on consistent, evidence-based care guidelines

● Redefining and expanding the roles ofthe clinic staff (382)

● Collaborative, multidisciplinary teamsto provide high-quality care and sup-port patients ’ appropriate sel f-management

● Audit and feedback of process and out-come data to providers to encouragepopulation-based care improvementstrategies

● Care management, one of the most ef-fective diabetes quality improvementstrategies to improve glycemic control(384).

● Identifying and/or developing commu-nity resources and public policy thatsupport healthy lifestyles

● Alterations in reimbursement that re-ward the provision of appropriate andhigh-quality care and accommodate theneed to personalize care goals, provid-ing additional incentives to improve di-abetes care (382,388–392)

The most successful practices have an in-stitutional priority for quality of care, ex-panding the role of teams and staff,redesigning their delivery system, activat-ing and educating their patients, and us-ing electronic health record tools(393,394). Recent initiatives such as the

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S47

Page 38: Ada2011

Patient Centered Medical Home showpromise in improving outcomes throughcoordinated primary care and offer newopportunities for team-based chronic dis-ease care (395).

It is clear that optimal diabetes man-agement requires an organized, system-atic approach and involvement of acoordinated team of dedicated health careprofessionals working in an environmentwhere patient-centered high-quality careis a priority.

References1. American Diabetes Association: Medical

Management of Type 1 Diabetes. Alexan-dria, VA, American Diabetes Associa-tion, 2008

2. American Diabetes Association: MedicalManagement of Type 2 Diabetes. Alexan-dria, VA, American Diabetes Associa-tion, 2008

3. American Diabetes Association: IntensiveDiabetes Management. Alexandria, VA,American Diabetes Association, 2009

4. American Diabetes Association: Diagno-sis and Classification of Diabetes Melli-tus. Diabetes Care 2010;33(Suppl. 1):S62–S69

5. International Expert Committee: Inter-national Expert Committee report on therole of the A1C assay in the diagnosis ofdiabetes. Diabetes Care 2009;32:1327–1334

6. Ziemer DC, Kolm P, Weintraub WS,Vaccarino V, Rhee MK, Twombly JG,Narayan KM, Koch DD, Phillips LS. Glu-cose-independent, black-white differ-ences in hemoglobin A1c levels: a cross-sectional analysis of 2 studies. AnnIntern Med 2010;152:770–777

7. Cowie CC, Rust KF, Byrd-Holt DD,Gregg EW, Ford ES, Geiss LS, Bain-bridge KE, Fradkin JE. Prevalence of di-abetes and high risk for diabetes usingA1C criteria in the U.S. population in1988–2006. Diabetes Care 2010;33:562–568

8. Expert Committee on the Diagnosis andClassification of Diabetes Mellitus: Re-port of the Expert Committee on the Di-agnosis and Classification of DiabetesMellitus. Diabetes Care 1997;20:1183–1197

9. Genuth S, Alberti KG, Bennett P, Buse J,Defronzo R, Kahn R, Kitzmiller J,Knowler WC, Lebovitz H, Lernmark A,Nathan D, Palmer J, Rizza R, Saudek C,Shaw J, Steffes M, Stern M, Tuomilehto J,Zimmet P, Expert Committee on the Di-agnosis and Classification of DiabetesMellitus: Follow-up report on the diag-nosis of diabetes mellitus. Diabetes Care2003;26:3160–3167

10. Zhang X, Gregg EW, Williamson DF,Barker LE, Thomas W, Bullard KM, Im-

peratore G, Williams DE, Albright AL.A1C level and future risk of diabetes: asystematic review. Diabetes Care 2010;33:1665–1673

11. Selvin E, Steffes MW, Zhu H, MatsushitaK, Wagenknecht L, Pankow J, Coresh J,Brancati FL. Glycated hemoglobin, dia-betes, and cardiovascular risk in nondi-abetic adults. N Engl J Med 2010;362:800–811

12. Kahn R, Alperin P, Eddy D, Borch-Johnsen K, Buse J, Feigelman J, Gregg E,Holman RR, Kirkman MS, Stern M,Tuomilehto J, Wareham NJ. Age at initi-ation and frequency of screening to de-tect type 2 diabetes: a cost-effectivenessanalysis. Lancet 2010;375:1365–1374

13. Knowler WC, Barrett-Connor E, FowlerSE, Hamman RF, Lachin JM, Walker EA,Nathan DM, Diabetes Prevention Pro-gram Research Group. Reduction in theincidence of type 2 diabetes with lifestyleintervention or metformin. N Engl J Med2002;346:393–403

14. Tuomilehto J, Lindstrom J, Eriksson JG,Valle TT, Hamalainen H, Ilanne-ParikkaP, Keinanen-Kiukaanniemi S, Laakso M,Louheranta A, Rastas M, Salminen V,Uusitupa M, Finnish Diabetes Preven-tion Study Group. Prevention of type 2diabetes mellitus by changes in lifestyleamong subjects with impaired glucosetolerance. N Engl J Med 2001;344:1343–1350

15. Pan XR, Li GW, Hu YH, Wang JX, YangWY, An ZX, Hu ZX, Lin J, Xiao JZ, CaoHB, Liu PA, Jiang XG, Jiang YY, Wang JP,Zheng H, Zhang H, Bennett PH, HowardBV. Effects of diet and exercise in pre-venting NIDDM in people with impairedglucose tolerance. The Da Qing IGT andDiabetes Study. Diabetes Care 1997;20:537–544

16. Buchanan TA, Xiang AH, Peters RK, KjosSL, Marroquin A, Goico J, Ochoa C, TanS, Berkowitz K, Hodis HN, Azen SP.Preservation of pancreatic beta-cellfunction and prevention of type 2 diabe-tes by pharmacological treatment of in-sulin resistance in high-risk hispanicwomen. Diabetes 2002;51:2796–2803

17. Chiasson JL, Josse RG, Gomis R,Hanefeld M, Karasik A, Laakso M,STOP-NIDDM Trail Research Group.Acarbose for prevention of type 2 diabe-tes mellitus: the STOP-NIDDM random-ised trial. Lancet 2002;359:2072–2077

18. DREAM (Diabetes REduction Assess-ment with ramipril and rosiglitazoneMedication) Trial Investigators, GersteinHC, Yusuf S, Bosch J, Pogue J, SheridanP, Dinccag N, Hanefeld M, Hoogwerf B,Laakso M, Mohan V, Shaw J, Zinman B,Holman RR. Effect of rosiglitazone onthe frequency of diabetes in patientswith impaired glucose tolerance or im-paired fasting glucose: a randomisedcontrolled trial. Lancet 2006;368:1096–

110519. Ramachandran A, Snehalatha C, Mary S,

Mukesh B, Bhaskar AD, Vijay V, IndianDiabetes Prevention Programme (IDPP).The Indian Diabetes Prevention Pro-gramme shows that lifestyle modifica-tion and metformin prevent type 2diabetes in Asian Indian subjects withimpaired glucose tolerance (IDPP-1).Diabetologia 2006;49:289–297

20. Johnson SL, Tabaei BP, Herman WH.The efficacy and cost of alternative strat-egies for systematic screening for type 2diabetes in the U.S. population 45–74years of age. Diabetes Care 2005;28:307–311

21. Dabelea D, D’Agostino RB Jr, Mayer-DavisEJ, Pettitt DJ, Imperatore G, Dolan LM,Pihoker C, Hillier TA, Marcovina SM,Linder B, Ruggiero AM, Hamman RF,SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth StudyGroup. Testing the accelerator hypothesis:body size, beta-cell function, and age atonset of type 1 (autoimmune) diabetes.Diabetes Care 2006;29:290–294

22. SEARCH for Diabetes in Youth StudyGroup, Liese AD, D’Agostino RB Jr,Hamman RF, Kilgo PD, Lawrence JM,Liu LL, Loots B, Linder B, Marcovina S,Rodriguez B, Standiford D, Williams DE.The burden of diabetes mellitus amongUS youth: prevalence estimates from theSEARCH for Diabetes in Youth Study.Pediatrics 2006;118:1510–1518

23. American Diabetes Association: Type 2diabetes in children and adolescents(Consensus Statement). Diabetes Care2000;23:381–389

24. Lawrence JM, Contreras R, Chen W,Sacks DA. Trends in the prevalence ofpreexisting diabetes and gestational dia-betes mellitus among a racially/ethni-cally diverse population of pregnantwomen, 1999–2005. Diabetes Care2008;31:899–904

25. HAPO Study Cooperative ResearchGroup, Metzger BE, Lowe LP, Dyer AR,Trimble ER, Chaovarindr U, CoustanDR, Hadden DR, McCance DR, Hod M,McIntyre HD, Oats JJ, Persson B, RogersMS, Sacks DA. Hyperglycemia and ad-verse pregnancy outcomes. N Engl J Med2008;358:1991–2002

26. International Association of Diabetesand Pregnancy Study Groups ConsensusPanel, Metzger BE, Gabbe SG, Persson B,Buchanan TA, Catalano PA, Damm P,Dyer AR, Leiva A, Hod M, Kitzmiler JL,Lowe LP, McIntyre HD, Oats JJ, OmoriY, Schmidt MI. International associationof diabetes and pregnancy study groupsrecommendations on the diagnosis andclassification of hyperglycemia in preg-nancy. Diabetes Care 2010;33:676–682

27. Landon MB, Spong CY, Thom E, Car-penter MW, Ramin SM, Casey B, Wap-ner RJ, Varner MW, Rouse DJ, Thorp JMJr, Sciscione A, Catalano P, Harper M,

Standards of Medical Care

S48 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 39: Ada2011

Saade G, Lain KY, Sorokin Y, PeacemanAM, Tolosa JE, Anderson GB, EuniceKennedy Shriver National Institute ofChild Health and Human DevelopmentMaternal-Fetal Medicine Units Network.A multicenter, randomized trial of treat-ment for mild gestational diabetes.N Engl J Med 2009;361:1339–1348

28. Crowther CA, Hiller JE, Moss JR,McPhee AJ, Jeffries WS, Robinson JS,Australian Carbohydrate IntoleranceStudy in Pregnant Women (ACHOIS)Trial Group. Effect of treatment of gesta-tional diabetes mellitus on pregnancyoutcomes. N Engl J Med 2005;352:2477–2486

29. Kim C, Newton KM, Knopp RH. Gesta-tional diabetes and the incidence of type2 diabetes: a systematic review. DiabetesCare 2002;25:1862–1868

30. Li G, Zhang P, Wang J, Gregg EW, YangW, Gong Q, Li H, Li H, Jiang Y, An Y,Shuai Y, Zhang B, Zhang J, ThompsonTJ, Gerzoff RB, Roglic G, Hu Y, BennettPH. The long-term effect of lifestyle in-terventions to prevent diabetes in theChina Da Qing Diabetes PreventionStudy: a 20-year follow-up study. Lancet2008;371:1783–1789

31. Lindstrom J, Ilanne-Parikka P, PeltonenM, Aunola S, Eriksson JG, Hemio K, Ha-malainen H, Harkonen P, Keinanen-Kiukaanniemi S, Laakso M, LouherantaA, Mannelin M, Paturi M, Sundvall J,Valle TT, Uusitupa M, Tuomilehto J,Finnish Diabetes Prevention StudyGroup. Sustained reduction in the inci-dence of type 2 diabetes by lifestyle in-tervention: follow-up of the FinnishDiabetes Prevention Study. Lancet 2006;368:1673–1679

32. Diabetes Prevention Program ResearchGroup, Knowler WC, Fowler SE, Ham-man RF, Christophi CA, Hoffman HJ,Brenneman AT, Brown-Friday JO, Gold-berg R, Venditti E, Nathan DM. 10-yearfollow-up of diabetes incidence andweight loss in the Diabetes PreventionProgram Outcomes Study. Lancet 2009;374:1677–1686

33. Herman WH, Hoerger TJ, Brandle M,Hicks K, Sorensen S, Zhang P, HammanRF, Ackermann RT, Engelgau MM, Rat-ner RE, Diabetes Prevention ProgramResearch Group. The cost-effectivenessof lifestyle modification or metformin inpreventing type 2 diabetes in adults withimpaired glucose tolerance. Ann InternMed 2005;142:323–332

34. Ackermann RT, Finch EA, Brizendine E,Zhou H, Marrero DG. Translating theDiabetes prevention Program into thecommunity: the DEPLOY Pilot Study.Am J Prev Med 2008;35:357–363

35. Kosaka K, Noda M, Kuzuya T. Preven-tion of type 2 diabetes by lifestyle inter-vention: a Japanese trial in IGT males.Diabetes Res Clin Pract 2005;67:152–

16236. Torgerson JS, Hauptman J, Boldrin MN,

Sjostrom L. XENical in the prevention ofdiabetes in obese subjects (XENDOS)study: a randomized study of orlistat asan adjunct to lifestyle changes for theprevention of type 2 diabetes in obesepatients. Diabetes Care 2004;27:155–161

37. Kawamori R, Tajima N, Iwamoto Y,Kashiwagi A, Shimamoto K, Kaku K, Vo-glibose Ph-3 Study Group. Voglibose forprevention of type 2 diabetes mellitus: arandomised, double-blind trial in Japa-nese individuals with impaired glucosetolerance. Lancet 2009;373:1607–1614

38. Gerstein HC. Point: If it is important toprevent type 2 diabetes, it is important toconsider all proven therapies within acomprehensive approach. Diabetes Care2007;30:432–434

39. Nathan DM, Davidson MB, DeFronzoRA, Heine RJ, Henry RR, Pratley R, Zin-man B, American Diabetes Association.Impaired fasting glucose and impairedglucose tolerance: implications for care.Diabetes Care 2007;30:753–759

40. Welschen LM, Bloemendal E, Nijpels G,Dekker JM, Heine RJ, Stalman WA,Bouter LM. Self-monitoring of bloodglucose in patients with type 2 diabeteswho are not using insulin: a systematicreview. Diabetes Care 2005;28:1510–1517

41. Farmer A, Wade A, Goyder E, Yudkin P,French D, Craven A, Holman R, Kin-month AL, Neil A. Impact of self moni-toring of blood glucose in themanagement of patients with non-insu-lin treated diabetes: open parallel grouprandomised trial. BMJ 2007;335:132

42. O’Kane MJ, Bunting B, Copeland M,Coates VE, ESMON study group. Effi-cacy of self monitoring of blood glucosein patients with newly diagnosed type 2diabetes (ESMON study): randomisedcontrolled trial. BMJ 2008;336:1174–1177

43. Simon J, Gray A, Clarke P, Wade A, NeilA, Farmer A, Diabetes Glycaemic Educa-tion and Monitoring Trial Group. Costeffectiveness of self monitoring of bloodglucose in patients with non-insulintreated type 2 diabetes: economic evalu-ation of data from the DiGEM trial. BMJ2008;336:1177–1180

44. Sacks DB, Bruns DE, Goldstein DE, Ma-claren NK, McDonald JM, Parrott M.Guidelines and recommendations forlaboratory analysis in the diagnosis andmanagement of diabetes mellitus. ClinChem 2002;48:436–472

45. The Juvenile Diabetes Research Founda-tion Continuous Glucose MonitoringStudy Group: Continuous glucose mon-itoring and intensive treatment of type 1diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008;359:1464–1476

46. Juvenile Diabetes Research FoundationContinuous Glucose Monitoring StudyGroup: The effect of continuous glucosemonitoring in well-controlled type 1 di-abetes. Diabetes Care 2009;32:1378–1383

47. DCCT: The effect of intensive treatmentof diabetes on the development and pro-gression of long-term complications ininsulin-dependent diabetes mellitus.The Diabetes Control and Complica-tions Trial Research Group. N EnglJ Med 1993;329:977–986

48. Stratton IM, Adler AI, Neil HA, Mat-thews DR, Manley SE, Cull CA, HaddenD, Turner RC, Holman RR. Associationof glycaemia with macrovascular andmicrovascular complications of type 2diabetes (UKPDS 35): prospective ob-servational study. BMJ 2000;321:405–412

49. Cagliero E, Levina EV, Nathan DM. Im-mediate feedback of HbA1c levels im-proves glycemic control in type 1 andinsulin-treated type 2 diabetic patients.Diabetes Care 1999;22:1785–1789

50. Miller CD, Barnes CS, Phillips LS, Zi-emer DC, Gallina DL, Cook CB, Mary-man SD, El-Kebbi IM. Rapid A1cavailability improves clinical decision-making in an urban primary care clinic.Diabetes Care 2003;26:1158–1163

51. Nathan DM, Kuenen J, Borg R, Zheng H,Schoenfeld D, Heine RJ, A1c-DerivedAverage Glucose Study Group. Translat-ing the A1C assay into estimated averageglucose values. Diabetes Care 2008;31:1473–1478

52. Rohlfing CL, Wiedmeyer HM, Little RR,England JD, Tennill A, Goldstein DE.Defining the relationship betweenplasma glucose and HbA(1c): analysis ofglucose profiles and HbA(1c) in the Di-abetes Control and Complications Trial.Diabetes Care 2002;25:275–278

53. Diabetes Research in Children Network(DirecNet) Study Group, Wilson DM,Kollman. Relationship of A1C to glucoseconcentrations in children with type 1diabetes: assessments by high-frequencyglucose determinations by sensors. Dia-betes Care 2008;31:381–385

54. Ohkubo Y, Kishikawa H, Araki E, MiyataT, Isami S, Motoyoshi S, Kojima Y, Fu-ruyoshi N, Shichiri M. Intensive insulintherapy prevents the progression of dia-betic microvascular complications inJapanese patients with non-insulin-de-pendent diabetes mellitus: a randomizedprospective 6-year study. Diabetes ResClin Pract 1995;28:103–117

55. UKPDS: Effect of intensive blood-glu-cose control with metformin on compli-cations in overweight patients with type2 diabetes (UKPDS 34). UK ProspectiveDiabetes Study (UKPDS) Group. Lancet1998;352:854–865

56. UKPDS: Intensive blood-glucose control

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S49

Page 40: Ada2011

with sulphonylureas or insulin com-pared with conventional treatment andrisk of complications in patients withtype 2 diabetes (UKPDS 33). UK Pro-spective Diabetes Study (UKPDS)Group. Lancet 1998;352:837–853

57. DCCT-EDIC: Retinopathy and ne-phropathy in patients with type 1 diabe-tes four years after a trial of intensivetherapy. The Diabetes Control and Com-plications Trial/Epidemiology of Diabe-tes Interventions and ComplicationsResearch Group. N Engl J Med 2000;342:381–389

58. Martin CL, Albers J, Herman WH,Cleary P, Waberski B, Greene DA,Stevens MJ, Feldman EL, DCCT/EDICResearch Group. Neuropathy among thediabetes control and complications trialcohort 8 years after trial completion. Di-abetes Care 2006;29:340–344

59. Holman RR, Paul SK, Bethel MA, Mat-thews DR, Neil HA: 10-Year Follow-upof intensive glucose control in type 2 di-abetes. N Engl J Med 2008;359:1577–1589

60. Duckworth W, Abraira C, Moritz T,Reda D, Emanuele N, Reaven PD, ZieveFJ, Marks J, Davis SN, Hayward R, War-ren SR, Goldman S, McCarren M, VitekME, Henderson WG, Huang GD, VADTInvestigators. Glucose control and vas-cular complications in veterans withtype 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2009;360:129–139

61. Moritz T, Duckworth W, Abraira C. Vet-erans Affairs diabetes trial–corrections.N Engl J Med 2009;361:1024–1025

62. ADVANCE Collaborative Group, PatelA, MacMahon S, Chalmers J, Neal B, Bil-lot L, Woodward M, Marre M, CooperM, Glasziou P, Grobbee D, Hamet P,Harrap S, Heller S, Liu L, Mancia G, Mo-gensen CE, Pan C, Poulter N, Rodgers A,Williams B, Bompoint S, de Galan BE,Joshi R, Travert F. Intensive blood glu-cose control and vascular outcomes inpatients with type 2 diabetes. N EnglJ Med 2008;358:2560–2572

63. Ismail-Beigi F, Craven T, Banerji MA,Basile J, Calles J, Cohen RM, Cuddihy R,Cushman WC, Genuth S, Grimm RH Jr,Hamilton BP, Hoogwerf B, Karl D, KatzL, Krikorian A, O’Connor P, Pop-BusuiR, Schubart U, Simmons D, Taylor H,Thomas A, Weiss D, Hramiak I, AC-CORD trial group. Effect of intensivetreatment of hyperglycaemia on micro-vascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes: ananalysis of the ACCORD randomisedtrial. Lancet 2010;376:419–430

64. ACCORD Study Group, ACCORD EyeStudy Group, Chew EY, Ambrosius WT,Davis MD, Danis RP, Gangaputra S,Greven CM, Hubbard L, Esser BA, Lo-vato JF, Perdue LH, Goff DC Jr, Cush-man WC, Ginsberg HN, Elam MB,Genuth S, Gerstein HC, Schubart U,

Fine LJ. Effects of medical therapies onretinopathy progression in type 2 diabe-tes. N Engl J Med 2010;363:233–244

65. Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk inDiabetes Study Group, Gerstein HC,Miller ME, Byington RP, Goff DC Jr, Big-ger JT, Buse JB, Cushman WC, GenuthS, Ismail-Beigi F, Grimm RH Jr, Probst-field JL, Simons-Morton DG, FriedewaldWT. Effects of intensive glucose lower-ing in type 2 diabetes. N Engl J Med2008;358:2545–2559

66. Selvin E, Marinopoulos S, Berkenblit G,Rami T, Brancati FL, Powe NR, GoldenSH. Meta-analysis: glycosylated hemo-globin and cardiovascular disease in di-abetes mellitus. Ann Intern Med 2004;141:421–431

67. Stettler C, Allemann S, Juni P, Cull CA,Holman RR, Egger M, Krahenbuhl S,Diem P. Glycemic control and macro-vascular disease in types 1 and 2 diabetesmellitus: Meta-analysis of randomizedtrials. Am Heart J 2006;152:27–38

68. Nathan DM, Cleary PA, Backlund JY,Genuth SM, Lachin JM, Orchard TJ,Raskin P, Zinman B, Diabetes Controland Complications Trial/Epidemiologyof Diabetes Interventions and Complica-tions (DCCT/EDIC) Study ResearchGroup. Intensive diabetes treatment andcardiovascular disease in patients withtype 1 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2005;353:2643–2653

69. Diabetes Control and ComplicationsTrial/Epidemiology of Diabetes Inter-ventions and Complications (DCCT/EDIC) Research Group, Nathan DM,Zinman B, Cleary PA, Backlund JY, Ge-nuth S, Miller R, Orchard TJ. Modern-day clinical course of type 1 diabetesmellitus after 30 years’ duration: the di-abetes control and complications trial/epidemiology of diabetes interventionsand complications and Pittsburgh epide-miology of diabetes complications expe-rience (1983–2005). Arch Intern Med2009;169:1307–1316

70. Skyler JS, Bergenstal R, Bonow RO, BuseJ, Deedwania P, Gale EA, Howard BV,Kirkman MS, Kosiborod M, Reaven P,Sherwin RS, American Diabetes Associ-ation, American College of CardiologyFoundation, American Heart Associa-tion. Intensive glycemic control and theprevention of cardiovascular events: im-plications of the ACCORD, ADVANCE,and VA diabetes trials: a position state-ment of the American Diabetes Associa-tion and a scientific statement of theAmerican College of Cardiology Foun-dation and the American Heart Associa-tion. Diabetes Care 2009;32:187–192

71. Riddle MC, Ambrosius WT, Brillon DJ,Buse JB, Byington RP, Cohen RM, GoffDC Jr, Malozowski S, Margolis KL,Probstfield JL, Schnall A, Seaquist ER,Action to Control Cardiovascular Risk in

Diabetes Investigators. Epidemiologicrelationships between A1C and all-causemortality during a median 3.4-year fol-low-up of glycemic treatment in the AC-CORD trial. Diabetes Care 2010;33:983–990

72. Reaven PD, Moritz TE, Schwenke DC,Anderson RJ, Criqui M, Detrano R,Emanuele N, Kayshap M, Marks J, Mu-daliar S, Rao RH, Shah JH, Goldman S,Reda DJ, McCarren M, Abraira C, Duck-worth W: Intensive Glucose LoweringTherapy Reduces Cardiovascular Dis-ease Events in VADT Participants withLower Calcified Coronary Atherosclero-sis. Diabetes published online August 3,2009

73. Turnbull FM, Abraira C, Anderson RJ,Byington RP, Chalmers JP, DuckworthWC, Evans GW, Gerstein HC, HolmanRR, Moritz TE, Neal BC, Ninomiya T,Patel AA, Paul SK, Travert F, WoodwardM: Intensive glucose control and macro-vascular outcomes in type 2 diabetes.Diabetologia 2009;52:2288–2298

74. American Diabetes Association: Post-prandial blood glucose (ConsensusStatement). Diabetes Care 2001;24:775–778

75. Ceriello A, Taboga C, Tonutti L, Qua-gliaro L, Piconi L, Bais B, Da Ros R,Motz E. Evidence for an independentand cumulative effect of postprandialhypertriglyceridemia and hyperglyce-mia on endothelial dysfunction andoxidative stress generation: effects ofshort- and long-term simvastatin treat-ment. Circulation 2002;106:1211–1218

76. Raz I, Wilson PW, Strojek K, Kowalska I,Bozikov V, Gitt AK, Jermendy G, Cam-paigne BN, Kerr L, Milicevic Z, JacoberSJ. Effects of prandial versus fasting gly-cemia on cardiovascular outcomes intype 2 diabetes: the HEART2D trial. Di-abetes Care 2009;32:381–386

77. Metzger BE, Buchanan TA, Coustan DR,de Leiva A, Dunger DB, Hadden DR,Hod M, Kitzmiller JL, Kjos SL, Oats JN,Pettitt DJ, Sacks DA, Zoupas C. Sum-mary and recommendations of the FifthInternational Workshop-Conference onGestational Diabetes Mellitus. DiabetesCare 2007;30(Suppl. 2):S251–S260

78. Kitzmiller JL, Block JM, Brown FM,Catalano PM, Conway DL, Coustan DR,Gunderson EP, Herman WH, HoffmanLD, Inturrisi M, Jovanovic LB, Kjos SI,Knopp RH, Montoro MN, Ogata ES,Paramsothy P, Reader DM, Rosenn BM,Thomas AM, Kirkman MS. Managingpreexisting diabetes for pregnancy: sum-mary of evidence and consensus recom-mendations for care. Diabetes Care2008;31:1060–1079

79. DeWitt DE, Hirsch IB. Outpatient insu-lin therapy in type 1 and type 2 diabetesmellitus: scientific review. JAMA 2003;

Standards of Medical Care

S50 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 41: Ada2011

289:2254–226480. Rosenstock J, Dailey G, Massi-Benedetti

M, Fritsche A, Lin Z, Salzman A. Re-duced hypoglycemia risk with insulinglargine: a meta-analysis comparing in-sulin glargine with human NPH insulinin type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care 2005;28:950–955

81. Mooradian AD, Bernbaum M, Albert SG.Narrative review: a rational approach tostarting insulin therapy. Ann Intern Med2006;145:125–134

82. Nathan DM, Buse JB, Davidson MB, Fer-rannini E, Holman RR, Sherwin R, Zin-man B, American Diabetes Association,European Association for Study of Dia-betes. Medical management of hypergly-cemia in type 2 diabetes: a consensusalgorithm for the initiation and adjust-ment of therapy: a consensus statementof the American Diabetes Associationand the European Association for theStudy of Diabetes. Diabetes Care 2009;32:193–203

83. Norris SL, Engelgau MM, Narayan KM.Effectiveness of self-management train-ing in type 2 diabetes: a systematic re-view of randomized controlled trials.Diabetes Care 2001;24:561–587

84. Norris SL, Lau J, Smith SJ, Schmid CH,Engelgau MM. Self-management educa-tion for adults with type 2 diabetes: a meta-analysis of the effect on glycemic control.Diabetes Care 2002;25:1159–1171

85. Gary TL, Genkinger JM, Guallar E, Pey-rot M, Brancati FL. Meta-analysis of ran-domized educational and behavioralinterventions in type 2 diabetes. Diabe-tes Educ 2003;29:488–501

86. Steed L, Cooke D, Newman S. A system-atic review of psychosocial outcomes fol-lowing education, self-management andpsychological interventions in diabetesmellitus. Patient Educ Couns 2003;51:5–15

87. Ellis SE, Speroff T, Dittus RS, Brown A,Pichert JW, Elasy TA. Diabetes patienteducation: a meta-analysis and meta-re-gression. Patient Educ Couns 2004;52:97–105

88. Warsi A, Wang PS, LaValley MP, AvornJ, Solomon DH. Self-management edu-cation programs in chronic disease: asystematic review and methodologicalcritique of the literature. Arch InternMed 2004;164:1641–1649

89. Funnell MM, Brown TL, Childs BP, HaasLB, Hosey GM, Jensen B, Maryniuk M,Peyrot M, Piette JD, Reader D, SiminerioLM, Weinger K, Weiss MA. Nationalstandards for diabetes self-managementeducation. Diabetes Care 2007;30:1630–1637

90. Mulcahy K, Maryniuk M, Peeples M,Peyrot M, Tomky D, Weaver T, Yarbor-ough P. Diabetes self-management edu-cation core outcomes measures.Diabetes Educ 2003;29:768–784

91. Glasgow RE, Peeples M, Skovlund SE.Where is the patient in diabetes perfor-mance measures? The case for includingpatient-centered and self-managementmeasures. Diabetes Care 2008;31:1046–1050

92. Barker JM, Goehrig SH, Barriga K, Hoff-man M, Slover R, Eisenbarth GS, NorrisJM, Klingensmith GJ, Rewers M, DAISYstudy. Clinical characteristics of chil-dren diagnosed with type 1 diabetesthrough intensive screening and follow-up. Diabetes Care 2004;27:1399–1404

93. Cochran J, Conn VS. Meta-analysis ofquality of life outcomes following diabe-tes self-management training. DiabetesEduc 2008;34:815–823

94. Fisher EB, Thorpe CT, Devellis BM, De-vellis RF. Healthy coping, negative emo-tions, and diabetes management: asystematic review and appraisal. Diabe-tes Educ 2007;33:1080–1103

95. Robbins JM, Thatcher GE, Webb DA,Valdmanis VG. Nutritionist visits, diabe-tes classes, and hospitalization rates andcharges: the Urban Diabetes Study. Dia-betes Care 2008;31:655–660

96. Renders CM, Valk GD, Griffin SJ, Wag-ner EH, Eijk Van JT, Assendelft WJ. In-terventions to improve the managementof diabetes in primary care, outpatient,and community settings: a systematic re-view. Diabetes Care 2001;24:1821–1833

97. Polonsky WH, Earles J, Smith S, PeaseDJ, Macmillan M, Christensen R, TaylorT, Dickert J, Jackson RA. Integratingmedical management with diabetes self-management training: a randomizedcontrol trial of the Diabetes OutpatientIntensive Treatment program. DiabetesCare 2003;26:3048–3053

98. Anderson RM, Funnell MM, NwankwoR, Gillard ML, Oh M, Fitzgerald JT. Eval-uating a problem-based empowermentprogram for African Americans with di-abetes: results of a randomized con-trolled trial. Ethn Dis 2005;15:671–678

99. Brown SA, Blozis SA, Kouzekanani K,Garcia AA, Winchell M, Hanis CL. Dos-age effects of diabetes self-managementeducation for Mexican Americans: theStarr County Border Health Initiative.Diabetes Care 2005;28:527–532

100. Glazier RH, Bajcar J, Kennie NR, WillsonK. A systematic review of interventionsto improve diabetes care in socially dis-advantaged populations. Diabetes Care2006;29:1675–1688

101. Hawthorne K, Robles Y, Cannings-JohnR, Edwards AG: Culturally appropriatehealth education for type 2 diabetes mel-litus in ethnic minority groups. Co-chrane Database Syst Rev CD006424,2008

102. Sarkisian CA, Brown AF, Norris KC,Wintz RL, Mangione CM. A systematicreview of diabetes self-care interven-

tions for older, African American, orLatino adults. Diabetes Educ 2003;29:467–479

103. Chodosh J, Morton SC, Mojica W, Ma-glione M, Suttorp MJ, Hilton L, RhodesS, Shekelle P. Meta-analysis: chronicdisease self-management programs forolder adults. Ann Intern Med 2005;143:427–438

104. Piette JD, Glasgow RE: Sttategies for im-proving behavioral and health outcomesamong people with diabetes:self man-agemnt education. In Evidence-Based Di-abetes Care. Gerstein HC, Hayes.R.B.,Eds. Ontario, Canada, BC Decker, 2000

105. Peyrot M, Rubin RR. Behavioral and psy-chosocial interventions in diabetes: aconceptual review. Diabetes Care 2007;30:2433–2440

106. Anderson DR, Christison-Legay J, Proctor-Gray E. Self-Management goal setting in acommunity health center: the impact of goalattainment on diabetes outcomes. DiabetesSpectrum 2010;23:97–106

107. Rickheim PL, Weaver TW, Flader JL,Kendall DM. Assessment of group versusindividual diabetes education: a ran-domized study. Diabetes Care 2002;25:269–274

108. Trento M, Passera P, Borgo E, TomalinoM, Bajardi M, Cavallo F, Porta M. A5-year randomized controlled study oflearning, problem solving ability, andquality of life modifications in peoplewith type 2 diabetes managed by groupcare. Diabetes Care 2004;27:670–675

109. Deakin T, McShane CE, Cade JE, Wil-liams RD: Group based training for self-management strategies in people withtype 2 diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Da-tabase Syst Rev CD003417, 2005

110. Duke SA, Colagiuri S, Colagiuri R: Indi-vidual patient education for people withtype 2 diabetes mellitus. Cochrane Da-tabase Syst Rev CD005268, 2009

111. Heisler M, Vijan S, Makki F, Piette JD.Diabetes control with reciprocal peersupport versus nurse care management:a randomized trial. Ann Intern Med2010;153:507–515

112. Heisler M. Different models to mobilizepeer support to improve diabetes self-management and clinical outcomes:evidence, logistics, evaluation consider-ations and needs for future research.Fam Pract 2010;27(Suppl. 1):i23–i32

113. Foster G, Taylor SJ, Eldridge SE, RamsayJ, Griffiths CJ: Self-management educa-tion programmes by lay leaders for peo-ple with chronic conditions. CochraneDatabase Syst Rev CD005108, 2007

114. Norris SL, Chowdhury FM, Van Le K,Horsley T, Brownstein JN, Zhang X, JackL Jr, Satterfield DW. Effectiveness ofcommunity health workers in the care ofpersons with diabetes. Diabet Med2006;23:544–556

115. Duncan I, Birkmeyer C, Coughlin S, Li

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S51

Page 42: Ada2011

QE, Sherr D, Boren S. Assessing thevalue of diabetes education. DiabetesEduc 2009;35:752–760

116. Bantle JP, Wylie-Rosett J, Albright AL,Apovian CM, Clark NG, Franz MJ,Hoogwerf BJ, Lichtenstein AH, Mayer-Davis E, Mooradian AD, Wheeler ML.Nutrition recommendations and inter-ventions for diabetes: a position state-ment of the American Diabetes Association.Diabetes Care 2008;31(Suppl. 1):S61–S78

117. DAFNE Study Group. Training in flexi-ble, intensive insulin management to en-able dietary freedom in people with type1 diabetes: dose adjustment for normaleating (DAFNE) randomised controlledtrial. BMJ 2002;325:746

118. Franz MJ, Monk A, Barry B, McClain K,Weaver T, Cooper N, Upham P, Ber-genstal R, Mazze RS. Effectiveness ofmedical nutrition therapy provided bydietitians in the management of non-insulin-dependent diabetes mellitus: arandomized, controlled clinical trial.J Am Diet Assoc 1995;95:1009 –1017

119. Goldhaber-Fiebert JD, Goldhaber-FiebertSN, Tristan ML, Nathan DM. Randomizedcontrolled community-based nutritionand exercise intervention improves glyce-mia and cardiovascular risk factors in type2 diabetic patients in rural Costa Rica. Di-abetes Care 2003;26:24–29

120. Lemon CC, Lacey K, Lohse B, HubacherDO, Klawitter B, Palta M. Outcomesmonitoring of health, behavior, andquality of life after nutrition interventionin adults with type 2 diabetes. J Am DietAssoc 2004;104:1805–1815

121. Miller CK, Edwards L, Kissling G, San-ville L. Nutrition education improvesmetabolic outcomes among older adultswith diabetes mellitus: results from arandomized controlled trial. Prev Med2002;34:252–259

122. Wilson C, Brown T, Acton K, Gilliland S.Effects of clinical nutrition educationand educator discipline on glycemiccontrol outcomes in the Indian healthservice. Diabetes Care 2003;26:2500–2504

123. Graber AL, Elasy TA, Quinn D, Wolff K,Brown A. Improving glycemic control inadults with diabetes mellitus: shared re-sponsibility in primary care practices.South Med J 2002;95:684–690

124. Gaetke LM, Stuart MA, Truszczynska H.A single nutrition counseling sessionwith a registered dietitian improvesshort-term clinical outcomes for ruralKentucky patients with chronic diseases.J Am Diet Assoc 2006;106:109–112

125. Van Horn L, McCoin M, Kris-EthertonPM, Burke F, Carson JA, ChampagneCM, Karmally W, Sikand G. The evi-dence for dietary prevention and treat-ment of cardiovascular disease. J AmDiet Assoc 2008;108:287–331

126. Appel LJ, Moore TJ, Obarzanek E,Vollmer WM, Svetkey LP, Sacks FM,Bray GA, Vogt TM, Cutler JA,Windhauser MM, Lin PH, Karanja N. Aclinical trial of the effects of dietary pat-terns on blood pressure. DASH Collab-orative Research Group. N Engl J Med1997;336:1117–1124

127. Norris SL, Zhang X, Avenell A, Gregg E,Bowman B, Schmid CH, Lau J. Long-term effectiveness of weight-loss inter-ventions in adults with prediabetes: areview. Am J Prev Med 2005;28:126–139

128. Klein S, Sheard NF, Pi-Sunyer X, Daly A,Wylie-Rosett J, Kulkarni K, Clark NG,American Diabetes Association, NorthAmerican Association for the Study ofObesity, American Society for ClinicalNutrition. Weight management throughlifestyle modification for the preventionand management of type 2 diabetes: ra-tionale and strategies: a statement ofthe American Diabetes Association, theNorth American Association for theStudy of Obesity, and the American So-ciety for Clinical Nutrition. DiabetesCare 2004;27:2067–2073

129. Norris SL, Zhang X, Avenell A, Gregg E,Schmid CH, Kim C, Lau J. Efficacy ofpharmacotherapy for weight loss inadults with type 2 diabetes mellitus:a meta-analysis. Arch Intern Med 2004;164:1395–1404

130. Wolf AM, Conaway MR, Crowther JQ,Hazen KY, L Nadler J, Oneida B, Bovb-jerg VE, Improving Control with Activ-ity and Nutrition (ICAN) Study.Translating lifestyle intervention topractice in obese patients with type 2diabetes: Improving Control with Activ-ity and Nutrition (ICAN) study. Diabe-tes Care 2004;27:1570–1576

131. Manning RM, Jung RT, Leese GP, New-ton RW. The comparison of four weightreduction strategies aimed at overweightpatients with diabetes mellitus: four-year follow-up. Diabet Med 1998;15:497–502

132. Franz MJ, VanWormer JJ, Crain AL,Boucher JL, Histon T, Caplan W, Bow-man JD, Pronk NP. Weight-loss out-comes: a systematic review and meta-analysis of weight-loss clinical trials witha minimum 1-year follow-up. J Am DietAssoc 2007;107:1755–1767

133. Salas-Salvado J, Bullo M, Babio N, Mar-tinez-Gonzalez MA, Ibarrola-Jurado N,Basora J, Estruch R, Covas MI, Corella D,Aros F, Ruiz-Gutierrez V, Ros E: Reduc-tion in the Incidence of Type 2 Diabeteswith the Mediterranean Diet: Results ofthe PREDIMED-Reus Nutrition Inter-vention Randomized Trial. DiabetesCare 2010;34:14–19

134. Look AHEAD Research Group, Pi-Su-nyer X, Blackburn G, Brancati FL, BrayGA, Bright R, Clark JM, Curtis JM, Es-

peland MA, Foreyt JP, Graves K, HaffnerSM, Harrison B, Hill JO, Horton ES, Ja-kicic J, Jeffery RW, Johnson KC, Kahn S,Kelley DE, Kitabchi AE, Knowler WC,Lewis CE, Maschak-Carey BJ, Montgom-ery B, Nathan DM, Patricio J, Peters A,Redmon JB, Reeves RS, Ryan DH, Saf-ford M, Van Dorsten B, Wadden TA,Wagenknecht L, Wesche-Thobaben J,Wing RR, Yanovski SZ. Reduction inweight and cardiovascular disease riskfactors in individuals with type 2 diabe-tes: one-year results of the look AHEADtrial. Diabetes Care 2007;30:1374–1383

135. Look AHEAD Research Group, WingRR: Long-term effects of a lifestyle inter-vention on weight and cardiovascularrisk factors in individuals with type 2diabetes mellitus: four-year results of theLook AHEAD trial. Arch Intern Med2010;170:1566–1575

136. Foster GD, Wyatt HR, Hill JO,McGuckin BG, Brill C, Mohammed BS,Szapary PO, Rader DJ, Edman JS, KleinS. A randomized trial of a low-carbohy-drate diet for obesity. N Engl J Med2003;348:2082–2090

137. Stern L, Iqbal N, Seshadri P, ChicanoKL, Daily DA, McGrory J, Williams M,Gracely EJ, Samaha FF. The effects oflow-carbohydrate versus conventionalweight loss diets in severely obeseadults: one-year follow-up of a random-ized trial. Ann Intern Med 2004;140:778–785

138. Foster GD, Wyatt HR, Hill JO, MakrisAP, Rosenbaum DL, Brill C, Stein RI,Mohammed BS, Miller B, Rader DJ, Ze-mel B, Wadden TA, Tenhave T, New-comb CW, Klein S. Weight andmetabolic outcomes after 2 years on alow-carbohydrate versus low-fat diet: arandomized trial. Ann Intern Med 2010;153:147–157

139. Gardner CD, Kiazand A, Alhassan S,Kim S, Stafford RS, Balise RR, KraemerHC, King AC. Comparison of the Atkins,Zone, Ornish, and LEARN diets forchange in weight and related risk factorsamong overweight premenopausalwomen: the A TO Z Weight Loss Study:a randomized trial. JAMA 2007;297:969–977

140. Nordmann AJ, Nordmann A, Briel M,Keller U, Yancy WS, Jr, Brehm BJ,Bucher HC. Effects of low-carbohydratevs low-fat diets on weight loss and car-diovascular risk factors: a meta-analysisof randomized controlled trials. Arch In-tern Med 2006;166:285–293

141. Shai I, Schwarzfuchs D, Henkin Y, Sha-har DR, Witkow S, Greenberg I, GolanR, Fraser D, Bolotin A, Vardi H, Tangi-Rozental O, Zuk-Ramot R, Sarusi B,Brickner D, Schwartz Z, Sheiner E,Marko R, Katorza E, Thiery J, FiedlerGM, Bluher M, Stumvoll M, Stampfer

Standards of Medical Care

S52 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 43: Ada2011

MJ, Dietary Intervention RandomizedControlled Trial (DIRECT) Group.Weight loss with a low-carbohydrate,Mediterranean, or low-fat diet. N EnglJ Med 2008;359:229–241

142. Institute of Medicine: DIetary ReferenceIntakes: Energy, Carbohydrate, Fiber, Fat,Fatty Acids, Cholesterol, Protein, andAmino Acids. Washington, D.C., Na-tional Academies Press, 2002

143. Barnard ND, Cohen J, Jenkins DJ, Turn-er-McGrievy G, Gloede L, Jaster B, SeidlK, Green AA, Talpers S. A low-fat vegandiet improves glycemic control and car-diovascular risk factors in a randomizedclinical trial in individuals with type 2diabetes. Diabetes Care 2006;29:1777–1783

144. Turner-McGrievy GM, Barnard ND, Co-hen J, Jenkins DJ, Gloede L, Green AA.Changes in nutrient intake and dietaryquality among participants with type 2diabetes following a low-fat vegan dietor a conventional diabetes diet for 22weeks. J Am Diet Assoc 2008;108:1636–1645

145. Franz MJ, Bantle JP, Beebe CA, BrunzellJD, Chiasson JL, Garg A, HolzmeisterLA, Hoogwerf B, Mayer-Davis E, Moora-dian AD, Purnell JQ, Wheeler M. Evi-dence-based nutrition principles andrecommendations for the treatment andprevention of diabetes and related com-plications. Diabetes Care 2002;25:148–198

146. Boule NG, Haddad E, Kenny GP, WellsGA, Sigal RJ. Effects of exercise on gly-cemic control and body mass in type 2diabetes mellitus: a meta-analysis ofcontrolled clinical trials. JAMA 2001;286:1218–1227

147. Boule NG, Kenny GP, Haddad E, WellsGA, Sigal RJ. Meta-analysis of the effectof structured exercise training on cardio-respiratory fitness in Type 2 diabetesmellitus. Diabetologia 2003;46:1071–1081

148. Colberg SR, Sigal RJ, Fernhall B, Regen-steiner JG, Blissmer BJ, Rubin RR,Chasen-Taber L, Albright AL, Braun B.Exercise and type 2 diabetes: the Amer-ican College of Sports Medicine and theAmerican Diabetes Association: jointposition statement. Diabetes Care 2010;33:2692–2696

149. U.S. Department of Health and HumanServices: 2008 Physical Activity Guide-lines for Americans. [article online],2008. Available from http://www.health.gov/paguidelines/guidelines/default.aspx. Accessed December 2010.

150. Cauza E, Hanusch-Enserer U, Strasser B,Ludvik B, Metz-Schimmerl S, Pacini G,Wagner O, Georg P, Prager R, Kostner K,Dunky A, Haber P. The relative benefitsof endurance and strength training onthe metabolic factors and muscle func-tion of people with type 2 diabetes mel-

litus. Arch Phys Med Rehabil 2005;86:1527–1533

151. Dunstan DW, Daly RM, Owen N, JolleyD, De Courten M, Shaw J, Zimmet P.High-intensity resistance training im-proves glycemic control in older patientswith type 2 diabetes. Diabetes Care2002;25:1729–1736

152. Castaneda C, Layne JE, Munoz-OriansL, Gordon PL, Walsmith J, Foldvari M,Roubenoff R, Tucker KL, Nelson ME. Arandomized controlled trial of resistanceexercise training to improve glycemiccontrol in older adults with type 2 dia-betes. Diabetes Care 2002;25:2335–2341

153. Sigal RJ, Kenny GP, Wasserman DH,Castaneda-Sceppa C. Physical activity/exercise and type 2 diabetes. DiabetesCare 2004;27:2518–2539

154. Bax JJ, Young LH, Frye RL, Bonow RO,Steinberg HO, Barrett EJ, ADA. Screen-ing for coronary artery disease in pa-tients with diabetes. Diabetes Care 2007;30:2729–2736

155. Berger M, Berchtold P, Cuppers HJ, DrostH, Kley HK, Muller WA, Wiegelmann W,Zimmerman-Telschow H, Gries FA,Kruskemper HL, Zimmermann H. Meta-bolic and hormonal effects of muscularexercise in juvenile type diabetics. Diabe-tologia 1977;13:355–365

156. Aiello LP, Wong J, Cavallerano J, BursellSE, Aiello LM: Retinopathy. In Handbookof Exercise in Diabetes. 2nd ed. RudermanN, Devlin JT, Kriska A, Eds. Alexandria,VA, American Diabetes Association,2002, p. 401–413

157. Lemaster JW, Reiber GE, Smith DG,Heagerty PJ, Wallace C. Daily weight-bearing activity does not increase therisk of diabetic foot ulcers. Med SciSports Exerc 2003;35:1093–1099

158. Vinik A, Erbas T: Neuropathy. In Hand-book of Exercise in Diabetes. 2nd ed. Ru-derman N, Devlin JT, Kriska A, Eds.Alexandria, VA, American Diabetes As-sociation, 2002, p. 463–496

159. Wackers FJ, Young LH, Inzucchi SE,Chyun DA, Davey JA, Barrett EJ,Taillefer R, Wittlin SD, Heller GV, Filip-chuk N, Engel S, Ratner RE, IskandrianAE, Detection of Ischemia in Asymp-tomatic Diabetics Investigators. Detec-tion of silent myocardial ischemia inasymptomatic diabetic subjects: theDIAD study. Diabetes Care 2004;27:1954–1961

160. Valensi P, Sachs RN, Harfouche B,Lormeau B, Paries J, Cosson E, Paycha F,Leutenegger M, Attali JR. Predictivevalue of cardiac autonomic neuropathyin diabetic patients with or without si-lent myocardial ischemia. Diabetes Care2001;24:339–343

161. Mogensen CE: Nephropathy. In Hand-book of Exercise in Diabetes. 2nd ed. Ru-derman N, Devlin JT, Kriska A, Eds.

Alexandria, VA, American Diabetes As-sociation, 2002, p. 433–449

162. Anderson RJ, Grigsby AB, Freedland KE,de Groot M, McGill JB, Clouse RE, Lust-man PJ. Anxiety and poor glycemic con-trol: a meta-analytic review of theliterature. Int J Psychiatry Med 2002;32:235–247

163. Delahanty LM, Grant RW, Wittenberg E,Bosch JL, Wexler DJ, Cagliero E, MeigsJB. Association of diabetes-related emo-tional distress with diabetes treatment inprimary care patients with Type 2 diabe-tes. Diabet Med 2007;24:48–54

164. American Diabetes Association: Psycho-social factors affecting adherence, qual-ity of life, and well-being: HelpingPatients cope. In Medical Management ofType 1 Diabetes. 5 ed. Francine R. Kauf-man, Ed. Alexandria, VA, American Di-abetes Association, 2008, p. 173–193

165. Anderson RJ, Freedland KE, Clouse RE,Lustman PJ. The prevalence of comorbiddepression in adults with diabetes: ameta-analysis. Diabetes Care 2001;24:1069–1078

166. Fisher L, Skaff MM, Mullan JT, AreanP, Mohr D, Masharani U, Glasgow R,Laurencin G. Clinical depression ver-sus distress among patients with type 2diabetes: not just a question of seman-tics. Diabetes Care 2007;30:542–548

167. Gary TL, Safford MM, Gerzoff RB, EttnerSL, Karter AJ, Beckles GL, Brown AF.Perception of neighborhood problems,health behaviors, and diabetes outcomesamong adults with diabetes in managedcare: the Translating Research Into Ac-tion for Diabetes (TRIAD) study. Diabe-tes Care 2008;31:273–278

168. Katon W, Fan MY, Unutzer J, Taylor J,Pincus H, Schoenbaum M. Depressionand diabetes: a potentially lethal combi-nation. J Gen Intern Med 2008;23:1571–1575

169. Zhang X, Norris SL, Gregg EW, ChengYJ, Beckles G, Kahn HS. Depressivesymptoms and mortality among personswith and without diabetes. Am J Epide-miol 2005;161:652–660

170. Rubin RR, Peyrot M. Psychological is-sues and treatments for people with di-abetes. J Clin Psychol 2001;57:457–478

171. Young-Hyman DL, Davis CL. Disor-dered eating behavior in individualswith diabetes: importance of context,evaluation, and classification. DiabetesCare 2010;33:683–689

172. Blonde L, Merilainen M, Karwe V,Raskin P, TITRATE Study Group. Pa-tient-directed titration for achieving gly-caemic goals using a once-daily basalinsulin analogue: an assessment of twodifferent fasting plasma glucose targets -the TITRATE study. Diabetes ObesMetab 2009;11:623–631

173. Cryer PE. Hypoglycaemia: the limitingfactor in the glycaemic management of

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S53

Page 44: Ada2011

Type I and Type II diabetes. Diabetolo-gia 2002;45:937–948

174. Whitmer RA, Karter AJ, Yaffe K, Quesen-berry CP, Jr, Selby JV. Hypoglycemic ep-isodes and risk of dementia in olderpatients with type 2 diabetes mellitus.JAMA 2009;301:1565–1572

175. Diabetes Control and ComplicationsTrial/Epidemiology of Diabetes Inter-ventions and Complications Study Re-search Group, Jacobson AM, Musen G,Ryan CM, Silvers N, Cleary P, WaberskiB, Burwood A, Weinger K, Bayless M,Dahms W, Harth J. Long-term effect ofdiabetes and its treatment on cognitivefunction. N Engl J Med 2007;356:1842–1852

176. Cryer PE. Diverse causes of hypoglyce-mia-associated autonomic failure in dia-betes. N Engl J Med 2004;350:2272–2279

177. Buchwald H, Estok R, Fahrbach K, BanelD, Jensen MD, Pories WJ, Bantle JP,Sledge I. Weight and type 2 diabetes af-ter bariatric surgery: systematic reviewand meta-analysis. Am J Med 2009;122:248–256

178. Dixon JB, O’Brien PE, Playfair J, Chap-man L, Schachter LM, Skinner S, Proi-etto J, Bailey M, Anderson M. Adjustablegastric banding and conventional ther-apy for type 2 diabetes: a randomizedcontrolled trial. JAMA 2008;299:316–323

179. Hall TC, Pellen MG, Sedman PC, JainPK. Preoperative factors predicting re-mission of type 2 diabetes mellitus afterRoux-en-Y gastric bypass surgery forobesity. Obes Surg 2010;20:1245–1250

180. Buchwald H, Estok R, Fahrbach K, BanelD, Sledge I. Trends in mortality in bari-atric surgery: a systematic review andmeta-analysis. Surgery 2007;142:621–632

181. Sjostrom L, Narbro K, Sjostrom CD,Karason K, Larsson B, Wedel H, LystigT, Sullivan M, Bouchard C, Carlsson B,Bengtsson C, Dahlgren S, GummessonA, Jacobson P, Karlsson J, Lindroos AK,Lonroth H, Naslund I, Olbers T, StenlofK, Torgerson J, Agren G, Carlsson LM,Swedish Obese Subjects Study. Effects ofbariatric surgery on mortality in Swedishobese subjects. N Engl J Med 2007;357:741–752

182. Hoerger TJ, Zhang P, Segel JE, Kahn HS,Barker LE, Couper S. Cost-effectivenessof bariatric surgery for severely obeseadults with diabetes. Diabetes Care2010;33:1933–1939

183. Makary MA, Clarke JM, Shore AD, Mag-nuson TH, Richards T, Bass EB, Domi-nici F, Weiner JP, Wu AW, Segal JB.Medication utilization and annual healthcare costs in patients with type 2 diabe-tes mellitus before and after bariatricsurgery. Arch Surg 2010;145:726–731

184. Keating CL, Dixon JB, Moodie ML,

Peeters A, Playfair J, O’Brien PE. Cost-efficacy of surgically induced weight lossfor the management of type 2 diabetes: arandomized controlled trial. DiabetesCare 2009;32:580–584

185. Smith SA, Poland GA. Use of influenzaand pneumococcal vaccines in peoplewith diabetes. Diabetes Care 2000;23:95–108

186. Colquhoun AJ, Nicholson KG, Botha JL,Raymond NT. Effectiveness of influenzavaccine in reducing hospital admissionsin people with diabetes. Epidemiol In-fect 1997;119:335–341

187. Bridges CB, Fukuda K, Uyeki TM, CoxNJ, Singleton JA. Prevention and controlof influenza. Recommendations of theAdvisory Committee on ImmunizationPractices (ACIP). MMWR Recomm Rep2002;51:1–31

188. Buse JB, Ginsberg HN, Bakris GL, ClarkNG, Costa F, Eckel R, Fonseca V, Ger-stein HC, Grundy S, Nesto RW, PignoneMP, Plutzky J, Porte D, Redberg R, Stit-zel KF, Stone NJ, American Heart Asso-ciation, American Diabetes Association.Primary prevention of cardiovasculardiseases in people with diabetes melli-tus: a scientific statement from theAmerican Heart Association and theAmerican Diabetes Association. Diabe-tes Care 2007;30:162–172

189. Gaede P, Lund-Andersen H, ParvingHH, Pedersen O. Effect of a multifacto-rial intervention on mortality in type 2diabetes. N Engl J Med 2008;358:580–591

190. Chobanian AV, Bakris GL, Black HR,Cushman WC, Green LA, Izzo JL Jr,Jones DW, Materson BJ, Oparil S,Wright JT Jr, Roccella EJ, NationalHeart, Lung, and Blood Institute JointNational Committee on Prevention, De-tection, Evaluation, and Treatment ofHigh Blood Pressure, National HighBlood Pressure Education Program Co-ordinating Committee. The Seventh Re-port of the Joint National Committee onPrevention, Detection, Evaluation, andTreatment of High Blood Pressure: theJNC 7 report. JAMA 2003;289:2560–2572

191. Bobrie G, Genes N, Vaur L, Clerson P,Vaisse B, Mallion JM, Chatellier G. Is”isolated home“ hypertension as op-posed to ”isolated office“ hypertension asign of greater cardiovascular risk? ArchIntern Med 2001;161:2205–2211

192. Sega R, Facchetti R, Bombelli M, CesanaG, Corrao G, Grassi G, Mancia G. Prog-nostic value of ambulatory and homeblood pressures compared with officeblood pressure in the general popula-tion: follow-up results from the Pres-sioni Arteriose Monitorate e LoroAssociazioni (PAMELA) study. Circula-tion 2005;111:1777–1783

193. Lewington S, Clarke R, Qizilbash N,

Peto R, Collins R, Prospective StudiesCollaboration. Age-specific relevance ofusual blood pressure to vascular mortal-ity: a meta-analysis of individual data forone million adults in 61 prospectivestudies. Lancet 2002;360:1903–1913

194. Stamler J, Vaccaro O, Neaton JD, Went-worth D. Diabetes, other risk factors,and 12-yr cardiovascular mortality formen screened in the Multiple Risk Fac-tor Intervention Trial. Diabetes Care1993;16:434–444

195. UKPDS: Tight blood pressure controland risk of macrovascular and microvas-cular complications in type 2 diabetes:UKPDS 38. UK Prospective DiabetesStudy Group. BMJ 317:703–713, 1998

196. Hansson L, Zanchetti A, Carruthers SG,Dahlof B, Elmfeldt D, Julius S, Menard J,Rahn KH, Wedel H, Westerling S. Ef-fects of intensive blood-pressure lower-ing and low-dose aspirin in patients withhypertension: principal results of theHypertension Optimal Treatment (HOT)randomised trial. HOT Study Group. Lan-cet 1998;351:1755–1762

197. Adler AI, Stratton IM, Neil HA, YudkinJS, Matthews DR, Cull CA, Wright AD,Turner RC, Holman RR. Association ofsystolic blood pressure with macrovas-cular and microvascular complicationsof type 2 diabetes (UKPDS 36): prospec-tive observational study. BMJ 2000;321:412–419

198. ACCORD Study Group, Cushman WC,Evans GW, Byington RP, Goff DC Jr,Grimm RH Jr, Cutler JA, Simons-MortonDG, Basile JN, Corson MA, ProbstfieldJL, Katz L, Peterson KA, Friedewald WT,Buse JB, Bigger JT, Gerstein HC, Ismail-Beigi F. Effects of intensive blood-pres-sure control in type 2 diabetes mellitus.N Engl J Med 2010;362:1575–1585

199. Patel A, ADVANCE CollaborativeGroup, MacMahon S, Chalmers J, NealB, Woodward M, Billot L, Harrap S,Poulter N, Marre M, Cooper M, GlasziouP, Grobbee DE, Hamet P, Heller S, LiuLS, Mancia G, Mogensen CE, Pan CY,Rodgers A, Williams B. Effects of a fixedcombination of perindopril and indap-amide on macrovascular and microvas-cular outcomes in patients with type 2diabetes mellitus (the ADVANCE trial):a randomised controlled trial. Lancet2007;370:829–840

200. Cooper-DeHoff RM, Gong Y, HandbergEM, Bavry AA, Denardo SJ, Bakris GL,Pepine CJ. Tight blood pressure controland cardiovascular outcomes among hy-pertensive patients with diabetes andcoronary artery disease. JAMA 2010;304:61–68

201. Sacks FM, Svetkey LP, Vollmer WM, Ap-pel LJ, Bray GA, Harsha D, Obarzanek E,Conlin PR, Miller ER 3rd, Simons-Mor-ton DG, Karanja N, Lin PH, DASH-So-dium Collaborative Research Group.

Standards of Medical Care

S54 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 45: Ada2011

Effects on blood pressure of reduced di-etary sodium and the Dietary Ap-proaches to Stop Hypertension (DASH)diet. DASH-Sodium Collaborative Re-search Group. N Engl J Med 2001;344:3–10

202. Tatti P, Pahor M, Byington RP, Di MauroP, Guarisco R, Strollo G, Strollo F. Out-come results of the Fosinopril VersusAmlodipine Cardiovascular Events Ran-domized Trial (FACET) in patients withhypertension and NIDDM. DiabetesCare 1998;21:597–603

203. Estacio RO, Jeffers BW, Hiatt WR, Big-gerstaff SL, Gifford N, Schrier RW. Theeffect of nisoldipine as compared withenalapril on cardiovascular outcomes inpatients with non-insulin-dependent di-abetes and hypertension. N Engl J Med1998;338:645–652

204. Schrier RW, Estacio RO, Mehler PS, Hi-att WR. Appropriate blood pressurecontrol in hypertensive and normoten-sive type 2 diabetes mellitus: a summaryof the ABCD trial. Nat Clin Pract Neph-rol 2007;3:428–438

205. ALLHAT Officers and Coordinators forthe ALLHAT Collaborative ResearchGroup. The Antihypertensive and Lipid-Lowering Treatment to Prevent HeartAttack Trial. The Antihypertensive andLipid-Lowering Treatment to PreventHeart Attack Trial: Major outcomes inhigh-risk hypertensive patients random-ized to angiotensin-converting enzymeinhibitor or calcium channel blocker vsdiuretic: The Antihypertensive and Lip-id-Lowering Treatment to Prevent HeartAttack Trial (ALLHAT). JAMA 288:2981–2997, 2002

206. Psaty BM, Smith NL, Siscovick DS, Ko-epsell TD, Weiss NS, Heckbert SR, Le-maitre RN, Wagner EH, Furberg CD.Health outcomes associated with antihy-pertensive therapies used as first-lineagents. A systematic review and meta-analysis. JAMA 1997;277:739–745

207. HOPE: Effects of ramipril on cardiovas-cular and microvascular outcomes inpeople with diabetes mellitus: results ofthe HOPE study and MICRO-HOPEsubstudy. Heart Outcomes PreventionEvaluation Study Investigators. Lancet355:253–259, 2000

208. McMurray JJ, Ostergren J, Swedberg K,Granger CB, Held P, Michelson EL, Olofs-son B, Yusuf S, Pfeffer MA, CHARM Inves-tigators and Committees. Effects ofcandesartan in patients with chronic heartfailure and reduced left-ventricular sys-tolic function taking angiotensin-convert-ing-enzyme inhibitors: the CHARM-Added trial. Lancet 2003;362:767–771

209. Pfeffer MA, Swedberg K, Granger CB,Held P, McMurray JJ, Michelson EL,Olofsson B, Ostergren J, Yusuf S, PocockS, CHARM Investigators and Commit-tees. Effects of candesartan on mortality

and morbidity in patients with chronicheart failure: the CHARM-Overall pro-gramme. Lancet 2003;362:759–766

210. Granger CB, McMurray JJ, Yusuf S, HeldP, Michelson EL, Olofsson B, OstergrenJ, Pfeffer MA, Swedberg K, CHARM In-vestigators and Committees. Effects ofcandesartan in patients with chronicheart failure and reduced left-ventricularsystolic function intolerant to angioten-sin-converting-enzyme inhibitors: theCHARM-Alternative trial. Lancet 2003;362:772–776

211. Lindholm LH, Ibsen H, Dahlof B, De-vereux RB, Beevers G, de Faire U, Fyhr-quist F, Julius S, Kjeldsen SE,Kristiansson K, Lederballe-Pedersen O,Nieminen MS, Omvik P, Oparil S,Wedel H, Aurup P, Edelman J, SnapinnS, LIFE Study Group. Cardiovascularmorbidity and mortality in patients withdiabetes in the Losartan Intervention ForEndpoint reduction in hypertensionstudy (LIFE): a randomised trial againstatenolol. Lancet 2002;359:1004–1010

212. Berl T, Hunsicker LG, Lewis JB, PfefferMA, Porush JG, Rouleau JL, Drury PL,Esmatjes E, Hricik D, Parikh CR, Raz I,Vanhille P, Wiegmann TB, Wolfe BM,Locatelli F, Goldhaber SZ, Lewis EJ,Irbesartan Diabetic Nephropathy Trial.Collaborative Study Group. Collabora-tive Study Group. Cardiovascular out-comes in the Irbesartan DiabeticNephropathy Trial of patients with type2 diabetes and overt nephropathy. AnnIntern Med 2003;138:542–549

213. Sibai BM. Treatment of hypertension inpregnant women. N Engl J Med 1996;335:257–265

214. Baigent C, Keech A, Kearney PM, Black-well L, Buck G, Pollicino C, Kirby A,Sourjina T, Peto R, Collins R, Simes R,Cholesterol Treatment Trialists’ (CTT)Collaborators. Efficacy and safety ofcholesterol-lowering treatment: pro-spective meta-analysis of data from90,056 participants in 14 randomisedtrials of statins. Lancet 2005;366:1267–1278

215. Pyorala K, Pedersen TR, Kjekshus J,Faergeman O, Olsson AG, ThorgeirssonG. Cholesterol lowering with simvasta-tin improves prognosis of diabetic pa-tients with coronary heart disease: asubgroup analysis of the ScandinavianSimvastatin Survival Study (4S). Diabe-tes Care 1997;20:614–620

216. Collins R, Armitage J, Parish S, Sleigh P,Peto R, Heart Protection Study Collabo-rative Group: MRC/BHF Heart Protec-tion Study of cholesterol-lowering withsimvastatin in 5963 people with diabe-tes: a randomised placebo-controlledtrial. Lancet 361:2005–2016, 2003

217. Goldberg RB, Mellies MJ, Sacks FM,Moye LA, Howard BV, Howard WJ,Davis BR, Cole TG, Pfeffer MA, Braun-

wald E. Cardiovascular events and theirreduction with pravastatin in diabeticand glucose-intolerant myocardial in-farction survivors with average choles-terol levels: subgroup analyses in thecholesterol and recurrent events (CARE)trial. The Care Investigators. Circulation1998;98:2513–2519

218. Shepherd J, Barter P, Carmena R, Deed-wania P, Fruchart JC, Haffner S, Hsia J,Breazna A, LaRosa J, Grundy S, WatersD. Effect of lowering LDL cholesterolsubstantially below currently recom-mended levels in patients with coronaryheart disease and diabetes: the Treatingto New Targets (TNT) study. DiabetesCare 2006;29:1220–1226

219. Sever PS, Poulter NR, Dahlof B, WedelH, Collins R, Beevers G, Caulfield M,Kjeldsen SE, Kristinsson A, McInnes GT,Mehlsen J, Nieminen M, O’Brien E, Os-tergren J. Reduction in cardiovascularevents with atorvastatin in 2,532 pa-tients with type 2 diabetes: Anglo-Scan-dinavian Cardiac Outcomes Trial–lipid-lowering arm (ASCOT-LLA). DiabetesCare 2005;28:1151–1157

220. Knopp RH, d’Emden M, Smilde JG, PocockSJ. Efficacy and safety of atorvastatin in theprevention of cardiovascular end points insubjects with type 2 diabetes: the Atorvasta-tin Study for Prevention of Coronary HeartDisease Endpoints in non-insulin-depen-dent diabetes mellitus (ASPEN). DiabetesCare 2006;29:1478–1485

221. Colhoun HM, Betteridge DJ, DurringtonPN, Hitman GA, Neil HA, Livingstone SJ,Thomason MJ, Mackness MI, Charlton-Menys V, Fuller JH, CARDS investigators.Primary prevention of cardiovascular dis-ease with atorvastatin in type 2 diabetes inthe Collaborative Atorvastatin DiabetesStudy (CARDS): multicentre randomisedplacebo-controlled trial. Lancet 2004;364:685–696

222. Singh IM, Shishehbor MH, Ansell BJ.High-density lipoprotein as a therapeu-tic target: a systematic review. JAMA2007;298:786–798

223. Canner PL, Berge KG, Wenger NK,Stamler J, Friedman L, Prineas RJ,Friedewald W. Fifteen year mortality inCoronary Drug Project patients: long-term benefit with niacin. J Am Coll Car-diol 1986;8:1245–1255

224. Rubins HB, Robins SJ, Collins D, Fye CL,Anderson JW, Elam MB, Faas FH, Lin-ares E, Schaefer EJ, Schectman G, WiltTJ, Wittes J. Gemfibrozil for the second-ary prevention of coronary heart diseasein men with low levels of high-densitylipoprotein cholesterol. Veterans AffairsHigh-Density Lipoprotein CholesterolIntervention Trial Study Group. N EnglJ Med 1999;341:410–418

225. Frick MH, Elo O, Haapa K, HeinonenOP, Heinsalmi P, Helo P, Huttunen JK,Kaitaniemi P, Koskinen P, Manninen V.

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S55

Page 46: Ada2011

Helsinki Heart Study: primary-preven-tion trial with gemfibrozil in middle-aged men with dyslipidemia. Safety oftreatment, changes in risk factors, andincidence of coronary heart disease.N Engl J Med 1987;317:1237–1245

226. Keech A, Simes RJ, Barter P, Best J, ScottR, Taskinen MR, Forder P, Pillai A, DavisT, Glasziou P, Drury P, Kesaniemi YA,Sullivan D, Hunt D, Colman P, d’EmdenM, Whiting M, Ehnholm C, Laakso M,FIELD study investigators. Effects oflong-term fenofibrate therapy on cardio-vascular events in 9795 people with type2 diabetes mellitus (the FIELD study):randomised controlled trial. Lancet2005;366:1849–1861

227. Expert Panel on Detection, Evaluation,and Treatment of High Blood Choles-terol in Adults: Executive Summary ofThe Third Report of The National Cho-lesterol Education Program (NCEP) Ex-pert Panel on Detection, Evaluation,And Treatment of High Blood Choles-terol In Adults (Adult Treatment PanelIII). JAMA 2001;285:2486–2497

228. Hayward RA, Hofer TP, Vijan S. Narrativereview: lack of evidence for recommendedlow-density lipoprotein treatment targets:a solvable problem. Ann Intern Med 2006;145:520–530

229. Cannon CP, Braunwald E, McCabe CH,Rader DJ, Rouleau JL, Belder R, Joyal SV,Hill KA, Pfeffer MA, Skene AM, Prava-statin or Atorvastatin Evaluation andInfection Therapy-Thrombolysis inMyocardial Infarction 22 Investigators.Intensive versus moderate lipid loweringwith statins after acute coronary syn-dromes. N Engl J Med 2004;350:1495–1504

230. de Lemos JA, Blazing MA, Wiviott SD,Lewis EF, Fox KA, White HD, RouleauJL, Pedersen TR, Gardner LH, Mukher-jee R, Ramsey KE, Palmisano J, Bilhei-mer DW, Pfeffer MA, Califf RM,Braunwald E, A to Z Investigators. Earlyintensive vs a delayed conservative sim-vastatin strategy in patients with acutecoronary syndromes: phase Z of the A toZ trial. JAMA 2004;292:1307–1316

231. Nissen SE, Tuzcu EM, Schoenhagen P,Brown BG, Ganz P, Vogel RA, Crowe T,Howard G, Cooper CJ, Brodie B, GrinesCL, DeMaria AN, REVERSAL Investiga-tors. Effect of intensive compared withmoderate lipid-lowering therapy on pro-gression of coronary atherosclerosis: arandomized controlled trial. JAMA2004;291:1071–1080

232. Grundy SM, Cleeman JI, Merz CN,Brewer HB Jr, Clark LT, HunninghakeDB, Pasternak RC, Smith SC Jr, StoneNJ, National Heart, Lung, and Blood In-stitute, American College of CardiologyFoundation, American Heart Associa-tion. Implications of recent clinical trialsfor the National Cholesterol Education

Program Adult Treatment Panel IIIguidelines. Circulation 2004;110:227–239

233. Chasman DI, Posada D, SubrahmanyanL, Cook NR, Stanton VP, Jr, Ridker PM.Pharmacogenetic study of statin therapyand cholesterol reduction. JAMA 2004;291:2821–2827

234. Brunzell JD, Davidson M, Furberg CD,Goldberg RB, Howard BV, Stein JH, Wit-ztum JL, American Diabetes Association,American College of Cardiology Foun-dation. Lipoprotein management inpatients with cardiometabolic risk: con-sensus statement from the American Di-abetes Association and the AmericanCollege of Cardiology Foundation. Dia-betes Care 2008;31:811–822

235. Elam MB, Hunninghake DB, Davis KB,Garg R, Johnson C, Egan D, Kostis JB,Sheps DS, Brinton EA. Effect of niacin onlipid and lipoprotein levels and glycemiccontrol in patients with diabetes and pe-ripheral arterial disease: the ADMITstudy: A randomized trial. Arterial Dis-ease Multiple Intervention Trial. JAMA2000;284:1263–1270

236. Grundy SM, Vega GL, McGovern ME,Tulloch BR, Kendall DM, Fitz-Patrick D,Ganda OP, Rosenson RS, Buse JB, Rob-ertson DD, Sheehan JP, Diabetes Multi-center Research Group. Efficacy, safety,and tolerability of once-daily niacin forthe treatment of dyslipidemia associatedwith type 2 diabetes: results of the as-sessment of diabetes control and evalu-ation of the efficacy of niaspan trial. ArchIntern Med 2002;162:1568–1576

237. Jones PH, Davidson MH. Reporting rateof rhabdomyolysis with fenofibrate �statin versus gemfibrozil � any statin.Am J Cardiol 2005;95:120–122

238. ACCORD Study Group, Ginsberg HN,Elam MB, Lovato LC, Crouse JR 3rd, Le-iter LA, Linz P, Friedewald WT, Buse JB,Gerstein HC, Probstfield J, Grimm RH,Ismail-Beigi F, Bigger JT, Goff DC Jr,Cushman WC, Simons-Morton DG, By-ington RP. Effects of combination lipidtherapy in type 2 diabetes mellitus.N Engl J Med 2010;362:1563–1574

239. Antithrombotic Trialists’ (ATT) Collab-oration, Baigent C, Blackwell L, CollinsR, Emberson J, Godwin J, Peto R, BuringJ, Hennekens C, Kearney P, Meade T,Patrono C, Roncaglioni MC, ZanchettiA. Aspirin in the primary and secondaryprevention of vascular disease: collabo-rative meta-analysis of individual partic-ipant data from randomised trials.Lancet 2009;373:1849–1860

240. Ogawa H, Nakayama M, Morimoto T,Uemura S, Kanauchi M, Doi N, Jinnou-chi H, Sugiyama S, Saito Y, Japanese Pri-mary Prevention of Atherosclerosis WithAspirin for Diabetes (JPAD) Trial Inves-tigators. Low-dose aspirin for primaryprevention of atherosclerotic events in

patients with type 2 diabetes: a random-ized controlled trial. JAMA 2008;300:2134–2141

241. Belch J, MacCuish A, Campbell I, CobbeS, Taylor R, Prescott R, Lee R, Bancroft J,MacEwan S, Shepherd J, Macfarlane P,Morris A, Jung R, Kelly C, Connacher A,Peden N, Jamieson A, Matthews D, LeeseG, McKnight J, O’Brien I, Semple C, Pet-rie J, Gordon D, Pringle S, MacWalter R.The prevention of progression of arterialdisease and diabetes (POPADAD) trial:factorial randomised placebo controlledtrial of aspirin and antioxidants in pa-tients with diabetes and asymptomaticperipheral arterial disease. BMJ 2008;337:a1840

242. Pignone M, Earnshaw S, Tice JA,Pletcher MJ. Aspirin, statins, or bothdrugs for the primary prevention of cor-onary heart disease events in men: acost-utility analysis. Ann Intern Med2006;144:326–336

243. Pignone M, Alberts MJ, Colwell JA,Cushman M, Inzucchi SE, Mukherjee D,Rosenson RS, Williams CD, Wilson PW,Kirkman MS, American Diabetes Associ-ation, American Heart Association,American College of Cardiology Foun-dation. Aspirin for primary preventionof cardiovascular events in people withdiabetes: a position statement of theAmerican Diabetes Association, a scien-tific statement of the American Heart As-sociation, and an expert consensusdocument of the American College ofCardiology Foundation. Diabetes Care2010;33:1395–1402

244. Campbell CL, Smyth S, Montalescot G,Steinhubl SR. Aspirin dose for the pre-vention of cardiovascular disease: a sys-tematic review. JAMA 2007;297:2018–2024

245. Davì G, Patrono C. Platelet activationand atherothrombosis. N Engl J Med2007;357:2482–2494

246. Bhatt DL, Marso SP, Hirsch AT, RinglebPA, Hacke W, Topol EJ. Amplified ben-efit of clopidogrel versus aspirin in pa-tients with diabetes mellitus. Am JCardiol 2002;90:625–628

247. Ranney L, Melvin C, Lux L, McClain E,Lohr KN. Systematic review: smokingcessation intervention strategies foradults and adults in special populations.Ann Intern Med 2006;145:845–856

248. Scognamiglio R, Negut C, Ramondo A,Tiengo A, Avogaro A. Detection of coro-nary artery disease in asymptomatic pa-tients with type 2 diabetes mellitus. J AmColl Cardiol 2006;47:65–71

249. Boden WE, O’Rourke RA, Teo KK, Har-tigan PM, Maron DJ, Kostuk WJ, Knudt-son M, Dada M, Casperson P, Harris CL,Chaitman BR, Shaw L, Gosselin G,Nawaz S, Title LM, Gau G, Blaustein AS,Booth DC, Bates ER, Spertus JA, BermanDS, Mancini GB, Weintraub WS,

Standards of Medical Care

S56 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 47: Ada2011

COURAGE Trial Research Group. Opti-mal medical therapy with or without PCIfor stable coronary disease. N Engl J Med2007;356:1503–1516

250. BARI 2D Study Group, Frye RL, AugustP, Brooks MM, Hardison RM, Kelsey SF,MacGregor JM, Orchard TJ, ChaitmanBR, Genuth SM, Goldberg SH, HlatkyMA, Jones TL, Molitch ME, Nesto RW,Sako EY, Sobel BE. A randomized trial oftherapies for type 2 diabetes and coro-nary artery disease. N Engl J Med 2009;360:2503–2515

251. Wackers FJ, Chyun DA, Young LH,Heller GV, Iskandrian AE, Davey JA,Barrett EJ, Taillefer R, Wittlin SD, Filip-chuk N, Ratner RE, Inzucchi SE, Detec-tion of Ischemia in AsymptomaticDiabetics (DIAD) Investigators. Resolu-tion of asymptomatic myocardial isch-emia in patients with type 2 diabetes inthe Detection of Ischemia in Asymptom-atic Diabetics (DIAD) study. DiabetesCare 2007;30:2892–2898

252. Young LH, Wackers FJ, Chyun DA, DaveyJA, Barrett EJ, Taillefer R, Heller GV, Iskan-drian AE, Wittlin SD, Filipchuk N, RatnerRE, Inzucchi SE, DIAD Investigators. Car-diac outcomes after screening for asymp-tomatic coronary artery disease in patientswith type 2 diabetes: the DIAD study: arandomized controlled trial. JAMA 2009;301:1547–1555

253. Hadamitzky M, Hein F, Meyer T,Bischoff B, Martinoff S, Schomig A,Hausleiter J. Prognostic value of coro-nary computed tomographic angiogra-phy in diabetic patients without knowncoronary artery disease. Diabetes Care2010;33:1358–1363

254. Elkeles RS, Godsland IF, Feher MD,Rubens MB, Roughton M, Nugara F,Humphries SE, Richmond W, FlatherMD, PREDICT Study Group. Coronarycalcium measurement improves predic-tion of cardiovascular events in asymp-tomatic patients with type 2 diabetes:the PREDICT study. Eur Heart J 2008;29:2244–2251

255. Choi EK, Chun EJ, Choi SI, ChangSA, Choi SH, Lim S, Rivera JJ, Nasir K,Blumenthal RS, Jang HC, Chang HJ.Assessment of subclinical coronary ath-erosclerosis in asymptomatic patients withtype 2 diabetes mellitus with single pho-ton emission computed tomography andcoronary computed tomography angiog-raphy. Am J Cardiol 2009;104:890–896

256. Braunwald E, Domanski MJ, Fowler SE,Geller NL, Gersh BJ, Hsia J, Pfeffer MA,Rice MM, Rosenberg YD, Rouleau JL,PEACE Trial Investigators. Angiotensin-converting-enzyme inhibition in stablecoronary artery disease. N Engl J Med2004;351:2058–2068

257. Telmisartan Randomised AssessmeNtStudy in ACE iNtolerant subjects withcardiovascular Disease (TRANSCEND)

Investigators, Yusuf S, Teo K, AndersonC, Pogue J, Dyal L, Copland I, Schu-macher H, Dagenais G, Sleight P. Effectsof the angiotensin-receptor blockertelmisartan on cardiovascular events inhigh-risk patients intolerant to angioten-sin-converting enzyme inhibitors: a ran-domised controlled trial. Lancet 2008;372:1174–1183

258. Garg JP, Bakris GL. Microalbuminuria:marker of vascular dysfunction, risk fac-tor for cardiovascular disease. Vasc Med2002;7:35–43

259. Klausen K, Borch-Johnsen K, Feldt-Ras-mussen B, Jensen G, Clausen P,Scharling H, Appleyard M, Jensen JS.Very low levels of microalbuminuria areassociated with increased risk of coro-nary heart disease and death indepen-dently of renal function, hypertension,and diabetes. Circulation 2004;110:32–35

260. Gall MA, Hougaard P, Borch-Johnsen K,Parving HH. Risk factors for develop-ment of incipient and overt diabetic ne-phropathy in patients with non-insulindependent diabetes mellitus: prospec-tive, observational study. BMJ 1997;314:783–788

261. Ravid M, Lang R, Rachmani R, LishnerM. Long-term renoprotective effect ofangiotensin-converting enzyme inhibi-tion in non-insulin-dependent diabetesmellitus. A 7-year follow-up study. ArchIntern Med 1996;156:286–289

262. Reichard P, Nilsson BY, Rosenqvist U.The effect of long-term intensified insu-lin treatment on the development of mi-crovascular complications of diabetesmellitus. N Engl J Med 1993;329:304–309

263. DCCT: Effect of intensive therapy on thedevelopment and progression of dia-betic nephropathy in the Diabetes Con-trol and Complications Trial. TheDiabetes Control and Complications(DCCT) Research Group. Kidney Int 47:1703–1720, 1995

264. Lewis EJ, Hunsicker LG, Bain RP, RohdeRD. The effect of angiotensin-convert-ing-enzyme inhibition on diabetic ne-phropathy. The Collaborative StudyGroup. N Engl J Med 1993;329:1456–1462

265. Laffel LM, McGill JB, Gans DJ. The ben-eficial effect of angiotensin-convertingenzyme inhibition with captopril on di-abetic nephropathy in normotensiveIDDM patients with microalbuminuria.North American MicroalbuminuriaStudy Group. Am J Med 1995;99:497–504

266. Bakris GL, Williams M, Dworkin L, El-liott WJ, Epstein M, Toto R, Tuttle K,Douglas J, Hsueh W, Sowers J. Preserv-ing renal function in adults with hyper-tension and diabetes: a consensusapproach. National Kidney Foundation

Hypertension and Diabetes ExecutiveCommittees Working Group. Am J Kid-ney Dis 2000;36:646–661

267. Remuzzi G, Macia M, Ruggenenti P. Pre-vention and treatment of diabetic renaldisease in type 2 diabetes: the BENE-DICT study. J Am Soc Nephrol 2006;17:S90–S97

268. Bilous R, Chaturvedi N, Sjølie AK, FullerJ, Klein R, Orchard T, Porta M, ParvingHH. Effect of candesartan on microalbu-minuria and albumin excretion rate indiabetes: three randomized trials. AnnIntern Med 2009;151:11–14

269. Mauer M, Zinman B, Gardiner R, SuissaS, Sinaiko A, Strand T, Drummond K,Donnelly S, Goodyer P, Gubler MC,Klein R. Renal and retinal effects of ena-lapril and losartan in type 1 diabetes.N Engl J Med 2009;361:40–51

270. Lewis EJ, Hunsicker LG, Clarke WR,Berl T, Pohl MA, Lewis JB, Ritz E, AtkinsRC, Rohde R, Raz I, Collaborative StudyGroup. Renoprotective effect of the an-giotensin-receptor antagonist irbesartanin patients with nephropathy due to type2 diabetes. N Engl J Med 2001;345:851–860

271. Brenner BM, Cooper ME, de Zeeuw D,Keane WF, Mitch WE, Parving HH, Re-muzzi G, Snapinn SM, Zhang Z, Shahin-far S, RENAAL Study Investigators.Effects of losartan on renal and cardio-vascular outcomes in patients with type2 diabetes and nephropathy. N EnglJ Med 2001;345:861–869

272. Parving HH, Lehnert H, Brochner-Mortensen J, Gomis R, Andersen S,Arner P, Irbesartan in Patients with Type2 Diabetes and Microalbuminuria StudyGroup. The effect of irbesartan on thedevelopment of diabetic nephropathy inpatients with type 2 diabetes. N EnglJ Med 2001;345:870–878

273. Pepine CJ, Handberg EM, Cooper-De-Hoff RM, Marks RG, Kowey P, MesserliFH, Mancia G, Cangiano JL, Garcia-Bar-reto D, Keltai M, Erdine S, Bristol HA,Kolb HR, Bakris GL, Cohen JD, ParmleyWW, INVEST Investigators. A calciumantagonist vs a non-calcium antagonisthypertension treatment strategy for pa-tients with coronary artery disease: theInternational Verapamil-Trandolaprilstudy (INVEST): a randomized con-trolled trial. JAMA 2003;290:2805–2816

274. Bakris GL, Siomos M, Richardson D,Janssen I, Bolton WK, Hebert L, Agar-wal R, Catanzaro D. ACE inhibition orangiotensin receptor blockade: impacton potassium in renal failure. VAL-KStudy Group. Kidney Int 2000;58:2084 –2092

275. Mogensen CE, Neldam S, Tikkanen I,Oren S, Viskoper R, Watts RW, CooperME. Randomised controlled trial of dualblockade of renin-angiotensin system in

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S57

Page 48: Ada2011

patients with hypertension, microalbu-minuria, and non-insulin dependent di-abetes: the candesartan and lisinoprilmicroalbuminuria (CALM) study. BMJ2000;321:1440–1444

276. Schjoedt KJ, Jacobsen P, Rossing K,Boomsma F, Parving HH. Dual blockadeof the renin-angiotensin-aldosteronesystem in diabetic nephropathy: the roleof aldosterone. Horm Metab Res 2005;37(Suppl. 1):4–8

277. Schjoedt KJ, Rossing K, Juhl TR,Boomsma F, Rossing P, Tarnow L, Parv-ing HH. Beneficial impact of spironolac-tone in diabetic nephropathy. KidneyInt 2005;68:2829–2836

278. Parving HH, Persson F, Lewis JB, LewisEJ, Hollenberg NK, AVOID Study Inves-tigators. Aliskiren combined with losar-tan in type 2 diabetes and nephropathy.N Engl J Med 2008;358:2433–2446

279. Pijls LT, de Vries H, Donker AJ, van EijkJT. The effect of protein restriction onalbuminuria in patients with type 2 dia-betes mellitus: a randomized trial.Nephrol Dial Transplant 1999;14:1445–1453

280. Pedrini MT, Levey AS, Lau J, ChalmersTC, Wang PH. The effect of dietary pro-tein restriction on the progression of di-abetic and nondiabetic renal diseases: ameta-analysis. Ann Intern Med 1996;124:627–632

281. Hansen HP, Tauber-Lassen E, JensenBR, Parving HH. Effect of dietary proteinrestriction on prognosis in patients withdiabetic nephropathy. Kidney Int 2002;62:220–228

282. Kasiske BL, Lakatua JD, Ma JZ, Louis TA.A meta-analysis of the effects of dietaryprotein restriction on the rate of declinein renal function. Am J Kidney Dis 1998;31:954–961

283. Eknoyan G, Hostetter T, Bakris GL, He-bert L, Levey AS, Parving HH, SteffesMW, Toto R. Proteinuria and othermarkers of chronic kidney disease: a po-sition statement of the national kidneyfoundation (NKF) and the national insti-tute of diabetes and digestive and kidneydiseases (NIDDK). Am J Kidney Dis2003;42:617–622

284. Levey AS, Coresh J, Balk E, Kausz AT,Levin A, Steffes MW, Hogg RJ, PerroneRD, Lau J, Eknoyan G, National KidneyFoundation. National Kidney Founda-tion practice guidelines for chronic kid-ney disease: evaluation, classification,and stratification. Ann Intern Med 2003;139:137–147

285. Kramer H, Molitch ME. Screening forkidney disease in adults with diabetes.Diabetes Care 2005;28:1813–1816

286. Kramer HJ, Nguyen QD, Curhan G, HsuCY. Renal insufficiency in the absence ofalbuminuria and retinopathy amongadults with type 2 diabetes mellitus.JAMA 2003;289:3273–3277

287. Levey AS, Bosch JP, Lewis JB, Greene T,Rogers N, Roth D. A more accuratemethod to estimate glomerular filtrationrate from serum creatinine: a new pre-diction equation. Modification of Diet inRenal Disease Study Group. Ann InternMed 1999;130:461–470

288. Rigalleau V, Lasseur C, Perlemoine C,Barthe N, Raffaitin C, Liu C, ChauveauP, Baillet-Blanco L, Beauvieux MC,Combe C, Gin H. Estimation of glomer-ular filtration rate in diabetic subjects:Cockcroft formula or modification ofDiet in Renal Disease study equation?Diabetes Care 2005;28:838–843

289. Levinsky NG. Specialist evaluation inchronic kidney disease: too little, too late.Ann Intern Med 2002;137:542–543

290. Klein R. Hyperglycemia and microvas-cular and macrovascular disease in dia-betes. Diabetes Care 1995;18:258–268

291. Estacio RO, McFarling E, Biggerstaff S,Jeffers BW, Johnson D, Schrier RW.Overt albuminuria predicts diabetic ret-inopathy in Hispanics with NIDDM.Am J Kidney Dis 1998;31:947–953

292. Leske MC, Wu SY, Hennis A, Hyman L,Nemesure B, Yang L, Schachat AP, Bar-bados Eye Study Group. Hyperglycemia,blood pressure, and the 9-year incidenceof diabetic retinopathy: the BarbadosEye Studies. Ophthalmology 2005;112:799–805

293. Fong DS, Aiello LP, Ferris FL 3rd, KleinR. Diabetic retinopathy. Diabetes Care2004;27:2540–2553

294. Diabetes Control and ComplicationsTrial Research Group: Effect of preg-nancy on microvascular complicationsin the diabetes control and complica-tions trial. The Diabetes Control andComplications Trial Research Group.Diabetes Care 2000;23:1084–1091

295. Preliminary report on effects of photoco-agulation therapy. The Diabetic Reti-nopathy Study Research Group. Am JOphthalmol 1076;81:383–396

296. ETDRS: Photocoagulation for diabeticmacular edema. Early Treatment Dia-betic Retinopathy Study report number1. Early Treatment Diabetic RetinopathyStudy research group. Arch Ophthalmol1985;103:1796–1806

297. American Diabetes Association: Reti-nopathy in diabetes (Position State-ment). Diabetes Care 2004;27(Suppl.1):S84–S87

298. Ahmed J, Ward TP, Bursell SE, AielloLM, Cavallerano JD, Vigersky RA. Thesensitivity and specificity of nonmydri-atic digital stereoscopic retinal imagingin detecting diabetic retinopathy. Diabe-tes Care 2006;29:2205–2209

300. Ciulla TA, Amador AG, Zinman B. Dia-betic retinopathy and diabetic macularedema: pathophysiology, screening, andnovel therapies. Diabetes Care 2003;26:2653–2664

301. Boulton AJ, Vinik AI, Arezzo JC, Bril V,Feldman EL, Freeman R, Malik RA, Ma-ser RE, Sosenko JM, Ziegler D, AmericanDiabetes Association. Diabetic neuropa-thies: a statement by the American Dia-betes Association. Diabetes Care 2005;28:956–962

302. Wile DJ, Toth C. Association of met-formin, elevated homocysteine, andmethylmalonic acid levels and clinicallyworsened diabetic peripheral neuropa-thy. Diabetes Care 2010;33:156–161

303. Freeman R. Not all neuropathy in diabe-tes is of diabetic etiology: differential di-agnosis of diabetic neuropathy. CurrDiab Rep 2009;9:423–431

304. Vinik AI, Maser RE, Mitchell BD, Free-man R. Diabetic autonomic neuropathy.Diabetes Care 2003;26:1553–1579

305. Boulton AJ, Armstrong DG, Albert SF,Frykberg RG, Hellman R, Kirkman MS,Lavery LA, Lemaster JW, Mills JL Sr,Mueller MJ, Sheehan P, Wukich DK,American Diabetes Association, Ameri-can Association of Clinical Endocrinolo-gists. Comprehensive foot examinationand risk assessment: a report of the taskforce of the foot care interest group ofthe American Diabetes Association, withendorsement by the American Associa-tion of Clinical Endocrinologists. Diabe-tes Care 2008;31:1679–1685

306. American Diabetes Association: Periph-eral arterial disease in people with dia-betes (Consensus Statement). DiabetesCare 2003;26:3333–3341

307. Silverstein J, Klingensmith G, CopelandKC, Plotnick L, Kaufman F, Laffel L,Deeb LC, Grey M, Anderson BJ, Hol-zmeister LA, Clark NG. Care of childrenand adolescents with type 1 diabetesmellitus: a statement of the American Di-abetes Association. Diabetes Care 2005;28:186–212

308. Northam EA, Anderson PJ, Werther GA,Warne GL, Adler RG, Andrewes D. Neu-ropsychological complications of IDDMin children 2 years after disease onset.Diabetes Care 1998;21:379–384

309. Rovet J, Alvarez M. Attentional function-ing in children and adolescents withIDDM. Diabetes Care 1997;20:803–810

310. Bjørgaas M, Gimse R, Vik T, Sand T.Cognitive function in type 1 diabeticchildren with and without episodes ofsevere hypoglycaemia. Acta Paediatr1997;86:148–153

311. Nimri R, Weintrob N, Benzaquen H,Ofan R, Fayman G, Phillip M. Insulinpump therapy in youth with type 1 dia-betes: a retrospective paired study. Pedi-atrics 2006;117:2126–2131

312. Doyle EA, Weinzimer SA, Steffen AT,Ahern JA, Vincent M, Tamborlane WV.A randomized, prospective trial compar-ing the efficacy of continuous subcuta-neous insulin infusion with multiple

Standards of Medical Care

S58 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 49: Ada2011

daily injections using insulin glargine.Diabetes Care 2004;27:1554–1558

313. Perantie DC, Wu J, Koller JM, Lim A,Warren SL, Black KJ, Sadler M, WhiteNH, Hershey T. Regional brain volumedifferences associated with hyperglyce-mia and severe hypoglycemia in youthwith type 1 diabetes. Diabetes Care2007;30:2331–2337

314. Makimattila S, Malmberg-Ceder K, Hak-kinen AM, Vuori K, Salonen O, Sum-manen P, Yki-Jarvinen H, Kaste M,Heikkinen S, Lundbom N, Roine RO.Brain metabolic alterations in patientswith type 1 diabetes-hyperglycemia-in-duced injury. J Cereb Blood Flow Metab2004;24:1393–1399

315. Krantz JS, Mack WJ, Hodis HN, Liu CR,Liu CH, Kaufman FR. Early onset of sub-clinical atherosclerosis in young personswith type 1 diabetes. J Pediatr 2004;145:452–457

316. Jarvisalo MJ, Putto-Laurila A, Jartti L,Lehtimaki T, Solakivi T, Ronnemaa T,Raitakari OT. Carotid artery intima-me-dia thickness in children with type 1 di-abetes. Diabetes 2002;51:493–498

317. Haller MJ, Samyn M, Nichols WW,Brusko T, Wasserfall C, Schwartz RF, At-kinson M, Shuster JJ, Pierce GL, Silver-stein JH. Radial artery tonometrydemonstrates arterial stiffness in chil-dren with type 1 diabetes. Diabetes Care2004;27:2911–2917

318. Orchard TJ, Forrest KY, Kuller LH,Becker DJ, Pittsburgh Epidemiology ofDiabetes Complications Study. Lipidand blood pressure treatment goals fortype 1 diabetes: 10-year incidence datafrom the Pittsburgh Epidemiology of Di-abetes Complications Study. DiabetesCare 2001;24:1053–1059

319. Kavey RE, Allada V, Daniels SR, HaymanLL, McCrindle BW, Newburger JW,Parekh RS, Steinberger J, AmericanHeart Association Expert Panel on Pop-ulation and Prevention Science, Ameri-can Heart Association Council onCardiovascular Disease in the Young,American Heart Association Council onEpidemiology and Prevention, Ameri-can Heart Association Council on Nutri-tion, Physical Activity and Metabolism,American Heart Association Council onHigh Blood Pressure Research, Ameri-can Heart Association Council on Car-diovascular Nursing, American HeartAssociation Council on the Kidney inHeart Disease, Interdisciplinary Work-ing Group on Quality of Care and Out-comes Research. Cardiovascular riskreduction in high-risk pediatric patients:a scientific statement from the AmericanHeart Association Expert Panel on Pop-ulation and Prevention Science; theCouncils on Cardiovascular Disease inthe Young, Epidemiology and Preven-tion, Nutrition, Physical Activity and

Metabolism, High Blood Pressure Re-search, Cardiovascular Nursing, and theKidney in Heart Disease; and the Inter-disciplinary Working Group on Qualityof Care and Outcomes Research: en-dorsed by the American Academy of Pe-diatrics. Circulation 2006;114:2710–2738

320. McCrindle BW, Urbina EM, DennisonBA, Jacobson MS, Steinberger J, Roc-chini AP, Hayman LL, Daniels SR, Amer-ican Heart Association Atherosclerosis,Hypertension, and Obesity in YouthCommittee, American Heart AssociationCouncil of Cardiovascular Disease in theYoung, American Heart AssociationCouncil on Cardiovascular Nursing.Drug therapy of high-risk lipid abnor-malities in children and adolescents: ascientific statement from the AmericanHeart Association Atherosclerosis, Hy-pertension, and Obesity in YouthCommittee, Council of CardiovascularDisease in the Young, with the Councilon Cardiovascular Nursing. Circulation2007;115:1948–1967

321. Salo P, Viikari J, Hamalainen M, Lapin-leimu H, Routi T, Ronnemaa T, Sep-panen R, Jokinen E, Valimaki I, SimellO. Serum cholesterol ester fatty acids in7- and 13-month-old children in a pro-spective randomized trial of a low-satu-rated fat, low-cholesterol diet: the STRIPbaby project. Special Turku coronaryRisk factor Intervention Project for chil-dren. Acta Paediatr 1999;88:505–512

322. Efficacy and safety of lowering dietary in-take of fat and cholesterol in children withelevated low-density lipoprotein choles-terol. The Dietary Intervention Study inChildren (DISC). The Writing Group forthe DISC Collaborative Research Group.JAMA 1995;273:1429–1435

323. McCrindle BW, Ose L, Marais AD. Effi-cacy and safety of atorvastatin in chil-dren and adolescents with familialhypercholesterolemia or severe hyper-lipidemia: a multicenter, randomized,placebo-controlled trial. J Pediatr 2003;143:74–80

324. de Jongh S, Lilien MR, op’t Roodt J,Stroes ES, Bakker HD, Kastelein JJ. Earlystatin therapy restores endothelial func-tion in children with familial hypercho-lesterolemia. J Am Coll Cardiol 2002;40:2117–2121

325. Wiegman A, Hutten BA, de Groot E, Ro-denburg J, Bakker HD, Buller HR, Si-jbrands EJ, Kastelein JJ. Efficacy andsafety of statin therapy in children withfamilial hypercholesterolemia: a ran-domized controlled trial. JAMA 2004;292:331–337

326. Holmes GK. Screening for coeliac dis-ease in type 1 diabetes. Arch Dis Child2002;87:495–498

327. Rewers M, Liu E, Simmons J, RedondoMJ, Hoffenberg EJ: Celiac disease asso-

ciated with type 1 diabetes mellitus. En-docrinol Metab Clin North Am 2004;33:197–214, xi

328. Roldan MB, Alonso M, Barrio R. Thyroidautoimmunity in children and adoles-cents with Type 1 diabetes mellitus. Di-abetes Nutr Metab 1999;12:27–31

329. Kordonouri O, Deiss D, Danne T,Dorow A, Bassir C, Gruters-Kieslich A.Predictivity of thyroid autoantibodiesfor the development of thyroid disor-ders in children and adolescents withType 1 diabetes. Diabet Med 2002;19:518 –521

330. Mohn A, Di Michele S, Di Luzio R,Tumini S, Chiarelli F. The effect of sub-clinical hypothyroidism on metaboliccontrol in children and adolescents withType 1 diabetes mellitus. Diabet Med2002;19:70–73

331. Chase HP, Garg SK, Cockerham RS,Wilcox WD, Walravens PA. Thyroidhormone replacement and growth ofchildren with subclinical hypothyroid-ism and diabetes. Diabet Med 1990;7:299–303

332. American Diabetes Association: Diabe-tes care in the school and day care setting(Position statement). Diabetes Care2010;33(Suppl. 1):S70–S74

333. Bryden KS, Peveler RC, Stein A, Neil A,Mayou RA, Dunger DB. Clinical andpsychological course of diabetes fromadolescence to young adulthood: a lon-gitudinal cohort study. Diabetes Care2001;24:1536–1540

334. Laing SP, Jones ME, Swerdlow AJ, Bur-den AC, Gatling W. Psychosocial and so-cioeconomic risk factors for prematuredeath in young people with type 1 dia-betes. Diabetes Care 2005;28:1618–1623

335. Pacaud d, Yale Jf, Stephure D, Trussell R,Davies HD. Problems in transition frompediatric care to adult care for individu-als with diabetes. Can J Diabetes 2005;29:13–18

336. American Academy of Pediatrics, Amer-ican Academy of Family Physicians,American College of Physicians-Ameri-can Society of Internal Medicine. A con-sensus statement on health caretransitions fo ryoung adults with specialhealth care needs. Pediatrics 2002;110:1304–1306

337. Wolpert HA, Anderson BJ, Weissberg-Benchell J: Transitions in care: Meeting thechallenges of type 1 diabetes in youngadults. Alexandria VA, American Diabe-tes Association, 2009

338. Eppens MC, Craig ME, Cusumano J,Hing S, Chan AK, Howard NJ, Silink M,Donaghue KC. Prevalence of diabetescomplications in adolescents with type 2compared with type 1 diabetes. DiabetesCare 2006;29:1300–1306

339. Hattersley A, Bruining J, Shield J, Njols-tad P, Donaghue KC. The diagnosis and

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S59

Page 50: Ada2011

management of monogenic diabetes inchildren and adolescents. Pediatr Diabe-tes 2009;12(Suppl.):33–42

340. Cooper WO, Hernandez-Diaz S, Arbo-gast PG, Dudley JA, Dyer S, Gideon PS,Hall K, Ray WA. Major congenital mal-formations after first-trimester exposureto ACE inhibitors. N Engl J Med 2006;354:2443–2451

341. American Diabetes Association: Precon-ception care of women with diabetes(Position Statement). Diabetes Care2004;27(Suppl. 1):S76–S78

342. Brown AF, Mangione CM, Saliba D,Sarkisian CA, California HealthcareFoundation/American Geriatrics SocietyPanel on Improving Care for Elders withDiabetes. Guidelines for improving thecare of the older person with diabetesmellitus. J Am Geriatr Soc 2003;51:S265–S280

343. Curb JD, Pressel SL, Cutler JA, SavagePJ, Applegate WB, Black H, Camel G,Davis BR, Frost PH, Gonzalez N, GuthrieG, Oberman A, Rutan GH, Stamler J. Ef-fect of diuretic-based antihypertensivetreatment on cardiovascular disease riskin older diabetic patients with isolatedsystolic hypertension. Systolic Hyper-tension in the Elderly Program Cooper-ative Research Group. JAMA 1996;276:1886–1892

344. Beckett NS, Peters R, Fletcher AE, Staes-sen JA, Liu L, Dumitrascu D, Stoy-anovsky V, Antikainen RL, Nikitin Y,Anderson C, Belhani A, Forette F, Raj-kumar C, Thijs L, Banya W, Bulpitt CJ,HYVET Study Group. Treatment of hy-pertension in patients 80 years of age orolder. N Engl J Med 2008;358:1887–1898

344a.Moran A, Brunzell C, Cohen RC, Katz M,Marshall BC, Onady G, Robinson KA,Sabadosa KA, Stecenko A, Slovis B; theCFRD Guidelines Committee. Clinicalcare guidelines for cystic fibrosis–relateddiabetes: a position statement of theAmerican Diabetes Association and aclinical practice guideline of the CysticFibrosis Foundation, endorsed by thePediatric Endocrine Society. DiabetesCare 2010;33:2697–2708

345. Clement S, Braithwaite SS, Magee MF,Ahmann A, Smith EP, Schafer RG, Hir-sch IB, Hirsh IB, American Diabetes As-sociation Diabetes in Hospitals WritingCommittee. Management of diabetesand hyperglycemia in hospitals. Diabe-tes Care 2004;27:553–591

346. Moghissi ES, Korytkowski MT, DiNardoM, Einhorn D, Hellman R, Hirsch IB, In-zucchi SE, Ismail-Beigi F, Kirkman MS,Umpierrez GE, American Association ofClinical Endocrinologists, American Dia-betes Association. American Association ofClinical Endocrinologists and AmericanDiabetes Association consensus statementon inpatient glycemic control. Diabetes

Care 2009;32:1119–1131347. American Diabetes Association: Eco-

nomic costs of diabetes in the U.S. in2007. Diabetes Care 2008;31:596 –615

348. Levetan CS, Passaro M, Jablonski K, KassM, Ratner RE. Unrecognized diabetesamong hospitalized patients. DiabetesCare 1998;21:246–249

349. Umpierrez GE, Isaacs SD, Bazargan N,You X, Thaler LM, Kitabchi AE. Hyper-glycemia: an independent marker of in-hospital mortality in patients withundiagnosed diabetes. J Clin EndocrinolMetab 2002;87:978–982

350. van den Berghe G, Wouters P, WeekersF, Verwaest C, Bruyninckx F, Schetz M,Vlasselaers D, Ferdinande P, Lauwers P,Bouillon R. Intensive insulin therapy inthe critically ill patients. N Engl J Med2001;345:1359–1367

351. Malmberg K, Norhammar A, Wedel H,Ryden L. Glycometabolic state at admis-sion: important risk marker of mortality inconventionally treated patients with dia-betes mellitus and acute myocardial in-farction: long-term results from theDiabetes and Insulin-Glucose Infusion inAcute Myocardial Infarction (DIGAMI)study. Circulation 1999;99:2626–2632

352. Wiener RS, Wiener DC, Larson RJ. Ben-efits and risks of tight glucose control incritically ill adults: a meta-analysis.JAMA 2008;300:933–944

353. Brunkhorst FM, Engel C, Bloos F, Meier-Hellmann A, Ragaller M, Weiler N, Mo-erer O, Gruendling M, Oppert M, GrondS, Olthoff D, Jaschinski U, John S, Ros-saint R, Welte T, Schaefer M, Kern P,Kuhnt E, Kiehntopf M, Hartog C, Natan-son C, Loeffler M, Reinhart K, GermanCompetence Network Sepsis (SepNet).Intensive insulin therapy and pen-tastarch resuscitation in severe sepsis.N Engl J Med 2008;358:125–139

354. NICE-SUGAR Study Investigators, Fin-fer S, Chittock DR, Su SY, Blair D, FosterD, Dhingra V, Bellomo R, Cook D,Dodek P, Henderson WR, Hebert PC,Heritier S, Heyland DK, McArthur C,McDonald E, Mitchell I, Myburgh JA,Norton R, Potter J, Robinson BG, RoncoJJ. Intensive versus conventional glucosecontrol in critically ill patients. N EnglJ Med 2009;360:1283–1297

355. Krinsley JS, Grover A. Severe hypoglyce-mia in critically ill patients: risk factorsand outcomes. Crit Care Med 2007;35:2262–2267

356. Van den Berghe G, Wilmer A, HermansG, Meersseman W, Wouters PJ, MilantsI, Van Wijngaerden E, Bobbaers H,Bouillon R. Intensive insulin therapy inthe medical ICU. N Engl J Med 2006;354:449–461

357. Griesdale DE, de Souza RJ, van Dam RM,Heyland DK, Cook DJ, Malhotra A,Dhaliwal R, Henderson WR, Chittock

DR, Finfer S, Talmor D. Intensive insulintherapy and mortality among criticallyill patients: a meta-analysis includingNICE-SUGAR study data. CMAJ 2009;180:821–827

358. Saudek CD, Herman WH, Sacks DB,Bergenstal RM, Edelman D, DavidsonMB. A new look at screening and diag-nosing diabetes mellitus. J Clin Endocri-nol Metab 2008;93:2447–2453

359. Cryer PE, Davis SN, Shamoon H. Hypo-glycemia in diabetes. Diabetes Care2003;26:1902–1912

360. Czosnowski QA, Swanson JM, Lobo BL,Broyles JE, Deaton PR, Finch CK. Eval-uation of glycemic control following dis-continuation of an intensive insulinprotocol. J Hosp Med 2009;4:28–34

361. Shomali MI, Herr DL, Hill PC, Peh-livanova M, Sharretts JM, and Magee MFTransition to Target: A prospective ran-domized trial comparing three formulaefor determination of subcutaneous basalinsulin dosing at the time of transitionfrom intravenous insulin therapy follow-ing cardiac surgery. Diabetes Scienceand Technology 2010. In press

362. Umpierrez GE, Smiley D, Jacobs S, PengL, Temponi A, Newton C, Umpierrez D,Mulligan P, Olson D, Mcleod J, Rizzo M.Randomized study of basal bolus insulintherapy in the inpatient management ofpatients with type 2 diabetes undergoinggeneral surgery (RABBIT 2 Surgery) (Ab-stract). Diabetes 2010;59(Suppl. 1):A9

363. Pasquel FJ, Spiegelman R, McCauley M,Smiley D, Umpierrez D, Johnson R, RheeM, Gatcliffe C, Lin E, Umpierrez E, PengL, Umpierrez GE. Hyperglycemia duringtotal parenteral nutrition: an importantmarker of poor outcome and mortalityin hospitalized patients. Diabetes Care2010;33:739–741

364. Schnipper JL, Liang CL, Ndumele CD,Pendergrass ML. Effects of a computer-ized order set on the inpatient manage-ment of hyperglycemia: a cluster-randomized controlled trial. EndocrPract 2010;16:209–218

365. Wexler DJ, Shrader P, Burns SM, Cagli-ero E. Effectiveness of a computerizedinsulin order template in general medi-cal inpatients with type 2 diabetes: acluster randomized trial. Diabetes Care2010;33:2181–2183

366. Furnary AP, Braithwaite SS. Effects ofoutcome on in-hospital transition fromintravenous insulin infusion to subcuta-neous therapy. Am J Cardiol 2006;98:557–564

367. Schafer RG, Bohannon B, Franz MJ,Freeman J, Holmes A, McLaughlin S,Haas LB, Kruger DF, Lorenz RA, McMa-hon MM. Diabetes nutrition recommen-dations for health care institutions.Diabetes Care 2004;27(Suppl. 1):S55–S57

368. Curll M, Dinardo M, Noschese M, Ko-

Standards of Medical Care

S60 DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 care.diabetesjournals.org

Page 51: Ada2011

rytkowski MT. Menu selection, glycae-mic control and satisfaction withstandard and patient-controlled consis-tent carbohydrate meal plans in hospi-talised patients with diabetes. Qual SafHealth Care 2010;19:355–359

369. American Diabetes Association: Diabe-tes nutrition recommendations forhealth care institutions (Position State-ment). Diabetes Care 2010;27(Suppl.1):S55–S57

370. Boucher JL, Swift CS, Franz MJ,Kulkarni K, Schafer RG, Pritchett E,Clark NG. Inpatient management of di-abetes and hyperglycemia: implicationsfor nutrition practice and the food andnutrition professional. J Am Diet Assoc2007;107:105–111

371. Korytkowski MT, Salata RJ, Koerbel GL,Selzer F, Karslioglu E, Idriss AM, LeeKK, Moser AJ, Toledo FG. Insulin ther-apy and glycemic control in hospitalizedpatients with diabetes during enteral nu-trition therapy: a randomized controlledclinical trial. Diabetes Care 2009;32:594–596

372. Umpierrez GE. Basal versus sliding-scaleregular insulin in hospitalized patientswith hyperglycemia during enteral nu-trition therapy. Diabetes Care 2009;32:751–753

373. Klonoff DC, Perz JF. Assisted monitor-ing of blood glucose: special safety needsfor a new paradigm in testing glucose. JDiabetes Sci Technol 2010;4:1027–1031

374. D’Orazio P, Burnett RW, Fogh-Andersen N, Jacobs E, Kuwa K, Kulp-mann WR, Larsson L, Lewenstam A,Maas AH, Mager G, Naskalski JW,Okorodudu AO, International Federa-tion of Clinical Chemistry Scientific Di-vision Working Group on SelectiveElectrodes and Point of Care Testing.Approved IFCC recommendation on re-porting results for blood glucose (abbre-viated). Clin Chem 2005;51:1573–1576

375. Dungan K, Chapman J, Braithwaite SS,Buse J. Glucose measurement: con-founding issues in setting targets for in-patient management. Diabetes Care2007;30:403–409

376. Boyd JC, Bruns DE. Quality specifica-

tions for glucose meters: assessment bysimulation modeling of errors in insulindose. Clin Chem 2001;47:209–214

377. Shepperd S, McClaran J, Phillips CO,Lannin NA, Clemson LM, McCluskey A,Cameron ID, Barras SL: Discharge plan-ning from hospital to home. CochraneDatabase Syst Rev CD000313, 2010

378. Agency for Healthcare Research and Qualtiy[article online]. Available from http://psnet.ahrq.gov/primer.aspx?primerID�11. Ac-cessed 17 August 2010

379. Hoerger TJ, Segel JE, Gregg EW, Saad-dine JB. Is glycemic control improving inU.S. adults? Diabetes Care 2008;31:81–86

380. Beaulieu N, Cutler DM, Ho K, Isham G,Lindquist T, Nelson A, O’Connor P: thebusiness case for diabetes disease man-agement for managed care organiza-tions. Forum for Health Economics andPolicy 2006;9:article 1

381. Cheung BM, Ong KL, Cherny SS, ShamPC, Tso AW, Lam KS. Diabetes preva-lence and therapeutic target achieve-ment in the United States, 1999 to 2006.Am J Med 2009;122:443–453

382. Coleman K, Austin BT, Brach C, WagnerEH. Evidence on the Chronic CareModel in the new millennium. HealthAff (Millwood) 2009;28:75–85

383. O’Connor PJ. Electronic medical recordsand diabetes care improvement: are wewaiting for Godot? Diabetes Care 2003;26:942–943

384. Shojania KG, Ranji SR, McDonald KM,Grimshaw JM, Sundaram V, RushakoffRJ, Owens DK. Effects of quality im-provement strategies for type 2 diabeteson glycemic control: a meta-regressionanalysis. JAMA 2006;296:427–440

385. Davidson MB. How our current medicalcare system fails people with diabetes:lack of timely, appropriate clinical deci-sions. Diabetes Care 2009;32:370–372

386. McLean DL, McAlister FA, Johnson JA,King KM, Makowsky MJ, Jones CA,Tsuyuki RT, SCRIP-HTN Investigators.A randomized trial of the effect of com-munity pharmacist and nurse care onimproving blood pressure managementin patients with diabetes mellitus: studyof cardiovascular risk intervention

by pharmacists-hypertension (SCRIP-HTN). Arch Intern Med 2008;168:2355–2361

387. Berikai P, Meyer PM, Kazlauskaite R,Savoy B, Kozik K, Fogelfeld L. Gain inpatients’ knowledge of diabetes man-agement targets is associated with bet-ter glycemic control. Diabetes Care2007;30:1587–1589

388. Sperl-Hillen JM, O’Connor PJ. Factorsdriving diabetes care improvement in alarge medical group: ten years ofprogress. Am J Manag Care 2005;11:S177–S185

389. Siminerio LM. Implementing diabetesself-management training programs:breaking through the barriers in primarycare. Endocr Pract 2006;12(Suppl. 1):124–130

390. Mahoney JJ. Reducing patient drug ac-quisition costs can lower diabetes healthclaims. Am J Manag Care 2005;11:S170–S176

391. Maney M, Tseng CL, Safford MM, MillerDR, Pogach LM. Impact of self-reportedpatient characteristics upon assessmentof glycemic control in the VeteransHealth Administration. Diabetes Care2007;30:245–251

392. Bergenstal RM. Treatment models fromthe International Diabetes Center: ad-vancing from oral agents to insulin ther-apy in type 2 diabetes. Endocr Pract2006;12(Suppl. 1):98–104

393. Feifer C, Nemeth L, Nietert PJ, WessellAM, Jenkins RG, Roylance L, OrnsteinSM. Different paths to high-quality care:three archetypes of top-performingpractice sites. Ann Fam Med 2007;5:233–241

394. Ornstein S, Nietert PJ, Jenkins RG, Wes-sell AM, Nemeth LS, Feifer C, Corley ST.Improving diabetes care through amulticomponent quality improvementmodel in a practice-based research net-work. Am J Med Qual 2007;22:34–41

395. Parchman ML, Zeber JE, Romero RR,Pugh JA. Risk of coronary artery disease intype 2 diabetes and the delivery of careconsistent with the chronic care model inprimary care settings: a STARNet study.Med Care 2007;45:1129–1134

Position Statement

care.diabetesjournals.org DIABETES CARE, VOLUME 34, SUPPLEMENT 1, JANUARY 2011 S61